IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/y 


% 


// 


o 


^^°  ^.. 


^.v 


V4 


•^ 


^K?.r 


/ 


i/.Ji 


: 


1.0 


I.I 


1.25 


us 


u 


1.4 


2.0 


1.6 


<9^ 


W/ 


^r 


^ 


.^ 


/>^. 


/ 


# 


y 


^ 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


¥!^ 


V 


33  WEST  MAIN  STRHT 

WEBSTER,  NY.  14580 

(716)  •73-4»03 


,|^ 


^^ 


,<>  /h. 


b: 


t^ 


i 


A 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiq 


uos 


^ 


A 


1981 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  bibliographica!*y  un;que, 
which  may  alter  any  of  \Lhe  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilleur  exemplairu 
qu'il  lui  a  6t6  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exumplaire  qui  sont  peut-dtre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
une  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  mithode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiqu6s  ci-dessous. 


r~~}^  Coloured  covers/ 
1^1    Couverture  de  couleur 

I    "V  Covers  damagad/ 

L^id    Couverture  endommagee 


D 
D 
D 

n 

□ 


Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Couverture  restaur^e  et/ou  pellicul6e 

Cover  title  mis^iing/ 

Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 

Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  g^ographiqueix  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  h'ack)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
Reiid  avec  J'autres  documents 


□    Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 

I — l/Pages  damaged/ 

I   W   Pages  9ndommag6es 

I — ~|  ^ages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
I    M^  Pages  restaur^es  et/ou  peiiiculdes 

I — ~y^ Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
I  ^1    Pages  d^color^es,  tacheti^es  ou  piqu^es 

r~~>^Pages  detach«5d/ 
I I    Pages  d^tachees 

I     V'Showthrough/ 
\Acl    Transparence 

□    Quality  of  print  varies/ 
Qualit^  indgale  de  {'impression 

□    Includes  supplementary  material/ 
Comprend  du  materiel  suppl^mentaire 


D 


D 


Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  interior  margin/ 

La  reliure  serr^e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  la 
distortion  le  long  de  la  marge  int^rieura 

Blank  laaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouties 
lors  dune  restauration  apparaissent  da:i8  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  6tait  possible,  ces  pageu  n'ont 
pas  Ati  filmAes. 


n 


Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disporiible 

Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  image/ 
Les  payes  totalement  ou  partiellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata,  une  pelure, 
etc.,  ont  6t6  film^es  A  nouveau  de  fapon  & 
obtenir  la  meilleure  image  possible. 


D 


Additional  ccnments:/ 
Commentaires  suppiC'.mentaires. 


This  item  is  film* J  "t  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  filmd  au  taux  de  reduction  indiquA  ci-dessous. 

IPX 14X 18X  22X 

J 


26X 


30X 


12X 


16X 


aox 


24X 


2SX 


32X 


The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  r«f^raduc6d  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Library, 

Geological  S'lrvsy  of  Canada 


L'exemplaire  filmd  fut  reproduit  grdce  d  la 
g6n6ro8it6  de: 

Bibliothdque, 

Commission  Giologiquu  du  Canada 


The  images  appearl;ig  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copy  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specifications. 


Les  images  suivantes  ont  6t6  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin.  compte  tenu  da  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettetd  de  l'exemplaire  filmd,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  da 
filmage. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  syr.ibol  —^-^  (meaning  "CON- 
TINUED"), or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginnine  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


Les  exemplaires  orlginaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprim6e  sont  fi!lm4s  en  commenpant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
dernidre  page  qui  comporte  une  enipreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration,  soit  par  le  second 
plat,  salon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
orlginaux  sont  film6s  en  commenpant  par  la 
premidre  page  qui  comporto  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  derni^re  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
dernldre  image  de  chaque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbols  — ►  signifie  "A  SUIVRE  ".  le 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN  ". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  Atre 
fllmds  A  des  taux  de  rMuction  diff^rents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  6tre 
reproduit  en  un  seul  clich6,  11  est  film6  A  partir 
de  Tangle  sup^rieur  gauche,  de  gauche  d  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  n^cessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
iliustrent  la  m6thode. 


1 

2 

3 

1 


6 


■■-*5Bl?3r- 


iH'nF^ 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR 

UNITED  STA'iMSS  aEOLOOICAL  SURVKY  OP  THE  TEEKITOBIES. 
F.  V.  HAYDEN,  TT.  8.  GEOLOGIST. 

^       '  '  Wi 


MISCEILAKEOUS  PUBLICATIONS,  No.  9. 


DESCRIPTIVE  CATALOGUE 


OF 


PHOTOGRAPHS 


OF 


^'iJ^^^. 


NORTH  AMKllICAN  INDIANS. 


nv 


W.  H.  JACKSON, 

PHOTOGHAPHKR    OF    THB    SUHVEY. 


i- 


PROPERTY  OF  LIBRARY 

GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY  OF  CANADA 

601  Booth  St,  Ottawa 

LENT  TO PLEASE  RETTURN 

DATE - 


WASHINGTON: 
aOYEBNMBNT    PRINTING    OFFICE. 

1877. 


f 


1 


f 


1 


1 


■iPHiBIHPI 


1 

-I 

\ 

■j 

i 

L 

\i 


fltm^mw 


I: 


H^^aB" 


APR    9     HB4 


\ 


CAHADA. 


DEPARTMENT  OF  THE  INTERIOR,  -ifll^l^  '  ^^ 

UNITED  STATES  GEOLOGICA.L  SORVBY  OF  THE  TERRITORIES, 
F.  V.  HAYDEN,  U.  S.  GEOLOGIST. 


IV.' 


MISCELLANEOUS  PUBLICATIONS,   No.  9. 


DESCRIPTIVE  CATALOGUE 


ow 


PHOTOGRAPHS 


or 


NORTH  AMERICAN  INDIANS. 


BY 


W.   H.  JACKSON, 


PHOTOORAPHHR    OF    THE    SUBTBT. 


I  li^i 


WASHINGTON: 

eOYBBNMENT    PBINTINQ    OFFIOB. 
1877. 


•  •  ,••      • 

•  .  ;  •    •' 

<•     ••   •  • 
»    •••■•« 
.   •   -  •     •  • 


t  •  ,  •  •  •  * 

« (    •  •  • 

,,•...  • 

k  *  *   •  •  • 

V     «      •      •    •    • 


•   •  • 
•  •  •  • 


•  •  • 
•  ••  • 


t  • 
•  •  • 


•    •  • 


•  •  •     «< 


PREFATORY  NOTE. 


Office  of  United  States  Geological  and 
Geographical  Survey  of  the  Territories, 

Waffhinf/toti,  I).  C,  November  1,  1877. 

The  collection  of  photographic  portraits  of  Nortli  Amcricau 
ludians  described  in  the  following  "Catalogue"  is  imdoubtedly 
the  largest  and  most  valuable  one  extant.  It  has  been  made  at 
great  labor  and  expense,  during  a  period  of  about  twenty-five 
years,  and  now  embraces  over  one  thousand  negatives,  rep- 
resenting no  less  than  twenty-five  tribes.  Many  of  the  in«li- 
viduals  portrayed  have  meanwhile  died;  others,  from  various 
causes,  are  not  now  accessible;  the  opportunity  of  securing 
many  of  the  subjects,  such  as  scenes  and  incidents,  has  of 
course  passed  away.  The  collection  being  thus  unique,  and 
not  to  be  reproduced  at  any  expenditure  of  money,  time,  or 
labor,  its  value  for  ethnological  purposes  cannot  easily  be  over- 
estimated. 

Now  that  the  tribal  relations  of  these  In<lians  are  fast  being 
successively  sundered  by  the  process  of  removal  to  reservations, 
which  so  grea.ly  modifies  the  habits  and  particularly  the  style 
of  dress  of  the  aborigines,  the  value  of  such  a  graphic  record 
of  the  past  increases  year  by  year;  and  there  will  remain  no 
more  trustworthy  evidence  of  what  the  Indians  have  been  than 
that  afforded  by  these  faithful  sun-pictures,  many  of  which 
represent  the  villages,  dwellings,  and  modes  of  life  of  these 
most  interesting  people,  and  historical  incidents  of  the  respect- 
ive tribes,  as  well  as  the  faces,  dresses,  and  accoutrements  of 
many  prominent  individuals. 

Those  who  have  never  attempted  to  secure  photographs  and 
measurememts  or  other  details  of  the  physique  of  Indians,  in 
short,  any  reliable  statistics  of  individuals  or  bands,  can  hardly 
realize  theobsta^  les  to  be  overcome.  The  Ameri(;an  Indian  is 
extremely  superstitious,  and  every  attempt  to  take  his  picture 
is  rendered  ditficult  if  not  entirely  frustrated  by  his  deeply- 
rooted  belief  that  the  process  places  some  portion  of  himself  in 
the  power  of  the  white  man,  and  his  suspicion  that  such  control 
may  be  used  to  his  injury.  No  prescribed  regulations  for  the 
taking  of  photographs,  therefore,  are  likely  to  bo  fully  carried 

III 


IV 


PREFATORY    NOTE. 


o«t.  Aa  a  rule,  front  and  profile  views  have  been  secured  when- 
aver  practicable.  Usually  it  is  only  when  an  Indian  is  subjected 
to  coufinoment  that  those  measurements  of  his  person  which 
me  suitable  for  anthropological  purposes  can  be  secured.  In 
most  cases  the  Iudia»  will  not  allow  his  person  to  be  handled 
at  all,  noi'  submit  to  any  inconvenience  whatever.  Much  tact 
and  perseverance  are  required  to  overcome  his  superstitious 
notion^.,  and  ia  many  cases,  even  of  the  most  noted  chiefs  of  sev- 
eral tribes,  no  portrait  can  be  obtained  by  any  inducement  what- 
ever. If,  therefore,  the  collection  fails  to  meet  the  full  require- 
ments of  the  anthropologist,  it  must  be  remembered  that  the 
obstacles  in  the  way  of  realizing  his  ideal  of  a  perfect  collec- 
tion are  insurmountable. 

About  two  hundred  of  the  portraits,  or  one-fifth  of  the 
whole  collection,  have  been  derived  from  various  sources,  and 
most  of  these  are  pictare<i  of  Indians  composing  the  several 
delegations  that  have  visited  Washington  from  time  to  time  dar- 
ing the  past  ten  years.  Such  Individ  uals  are  usually  among  the 
most  prominent  and  influential  members  of  the  respective  tribes, 
of  which  they  consequently  furnish  the  best  samples.  The 
greater  portion  of  the  whole  collection  is  derived  from  the  munifi- 
cent liberality  of  William  Blackmore,  esq.,  of  London,  England, 
the  eminent  anthropologist  who  has  for  many  years  studied 
closely  the  history,  habits,  arul  manners  of  the  North  American 
Indians.  The  Blackmore  portion  of  the  collection  consists  of 
a  number  of  smaller  lof-s  froui  various  sources;  and  it  is  Mr. 
Blackmore's  intention  to  enlarge  it  to  include,  if  possible,  all 
lue  tribes  of  the  North  American  coutinent. 

The  entire  collection,  at  the  present  time  consisting  of  upward 
of  a  thousand  negatives,  represents  ten  leading  "''imilies"  of 
Indians,  besides  seven  independent  tribes,  the  families  being 
divisible  into  fifty-four  "  tribos,"  subdivision  of  which  gives 
forty-three  "bands."  The  collection  continues  to  increase  as 
opportunity  otters. 

Tb«>  present  "  Catalogue."  prepared  by  Mr.  W.  H  Jaoksou, 
the  well-known  and  skilful  phot^^grapher  of  the  Survey,  is  far 
mure  than  a  mere  enumeration  of  the  negatives.  It  gives  in 
full,  yet  in  concise  and  convenient  form,  the  information  which 
the  Survey  has  acquired  respecting  the  subjects  of  tlie  pictures, 
and  ia  believed  to  represent  a.u  acoeptaDle  contribution  to 
anthropological  literature. 

F.  V.  HAYDEN, 
United  States  Geologist. 


«l 


ni 


PREFACE 


i 


The  followiug  Descriptive  Catalogue  is  inteiided|to  systema- 
tize the  collection  of  Photographic  Portraits  of  ludiaus  now  in 
the  possession  of  the  United  States  Geological  Survey  of  the 
Territories,  and  to  place  on  record  all  the  information  we  have 
been  able  to  obtain  of  the  various  individuals  and  scenes  repre- 
sented. It  is  of  course  far  from  complete :  but  it  is  a  beginning, 
and  every  new  fiict  that  comes  to  light  will  be  added  to  what 
has  already  been  secured.  This  information  has  been  gathered 
froor  many  sources,  prmcipally  from  Indian  delegates  visiting 
Washington,  and  by  correspondence  with  agents  and  others 
living  in  the  Indian  country. 

Particular  attention  has  been  paid  to  proving  the  authenticity 
of  the  portraits  of  the  various  individuals  represented,  and  it 
is  belifcved  that  few,  if  any,  mistakes  occur  in  that  respp^t. 

The  historical  notices  are  mainly  compilations  from  standard 
works  on  the  subject. 

All  of  the  following  portraits  and  views  are  photographed 
direct  from  nature,  and  are  in  nearly  every  case  from  the  origi- 
nal plates,  the  exceptions  being-  good  copies  from  original  da- 
guerreotypes or  photographs  that  are  not  now  accessible. 

The  portraits  made  under  the  supervision  of  the  Survey  ara 
generally  accompanied  by  measurements  that  are  as  nearly 
accurate  as  it  has  been  possible  to  make  tbem. 

The  pictures  vary  in  size  from  the  ordinary  small  card  to 
groups  on  plates  16  by  20  inches  square.  The  majority,  however, 
are  on  plates  «J  by  8^  inches  square ;  these  are  usually  trimmed 
to  4  by  6i  inches,  and  mounted  on  cabinet  cards. 

AU  the  photographs  are  numbered  upon  their  faces,  and  as 
these  numbers  do  not  o(M^ur  in  regular  order  in  the  text  a 
Numerical  judex  is  appended,  by  moans  of  which  the  name  of 
any  picture,  and  the  page  on  which  the  subject  is  tieatod,  may 
be  readily  found. 

W.  H.  J. 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


Miscellaueous  Publications  No.  5,  entitled  "Descriptive  Cata- 
logue of  the  riiotograplis  of  the  United  States  Geological  Sur- 
vey of  the  Territories  for  the  years  18()8  to  1873,  inclusive," 
published  in  1874,  contains,  on  pages  ()7-83,  a  "Catalogue  of 
Photographs  of  Indians,  [ete.J"  This,  however,  is  a  mere  enu- 
meration of  the  negatives  then  in  the  possession  of  the  survey, 
and  is  now  superseded  by  the  present  independent  publication. 

VI 


CATALOGUE   OF  PHOTOGRAPHS   OF    NORTH 
AMERICAN  INDIANS. 


LIST  OF  FAMILIES,  TRIBES,  AND  BANDS. 

I.  ALGONKINS. 

Cheyennes. 
Chippewas.  ( 

J^emhina. 

Red  Lake. 

Rabbit  Lake. 

Mille  Ijttc. 

Wisconsin. 
Delawabes. 
Menomonees. 

MlAMIS. 

Ottawas. 
Pottawatomies. 
Sacs  and  Foxes. 
Shawnees. 
Pequods. 

Stochbridge. 

Brotherton. 

II.  ATIIABASCAS. 

Apaohes. 

Coyotero. 
.Essaqneta. 
Jicarilla. 
Mohave. 
IHnal. 
Yuma, 
,  Chirioahua. 

Navajos. 


9 

2 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 

III.  DAROTAS. 

Cuows. 
Dakotj*  s. 

Blaclfeet. 

Brule. 

Cut  Head. 

MdcicaMnton. 

Ognlalla. 

Oncpapa. 

Sans  Arc. 

San  tee. 

Sisseton. 

Two  Kettle. 

M^ahpeton. 

Yankton. 

Upper  Yanliionals. 

Loicer  Yanldonais.  • 

•  I()WA«.  ^ 

Kaws  or  Kansas. 
Manuans. 
Missouri  AS. 
Omaiias. 

OSAGES. 

Otoes. 

PONCAS. 
WiNNElJAOOES. 

IV.  PAWNEES, 
Arickahees  or  Rees. 

KKECniIES. 

Pawnees. 

Chotrce. 

Kitkahoct. 

rdahoiverat. 

Skccdce. 
Waoos. 

WlOlIITAS. 


4fi 


Ijri 


V.  SITOSIIONES. 


Bannaoks. 
comanciies. 

KiowAS. 


* 


list  of  families,  tribes,  and  bands. 

Shoshones. 
Utaiis. 

Citpote. 

Muaclic. 

Tahegtiache. 

Yampa. 

Uinta. 

VI.  SATIAPTINS. 

Nez-Percks. 
Warm  Springs. 
Wascos. 

VII.  KLxVMATLlS. 
Klamatiis. 

MODOCS. 
KuGUE   IflYEU. 


VIII.  riMAS. 


Papagos. 

PlJIAS. 


IX.  lliOQUOIS. 

Seneoas. 

Wyandots  or  IIurons. 

X.JIUSKOGEEB. 

Creeks. 
8e:viinoles. 
Chick  AS  AV.'3. 
Cuoctaws. 

XL  IKDEPENDENI  TIUBES. 

Arapaiioes. 
Cai)1>»).s. 

ClIEROKEEa. 

MOQUIS. 

PUEBl.OS. 

Tawaoanies. 
tonkaways. 


i 


m 


HISTORY  OF  FAMILIES,  TRIBES,  AND  INDI- 
VIDUALS. 


i 


I.  ALGONKINS. 

Early  in  the  seveiitecutli  century,  the  Algonkins  were  the 
largest  family  of  ISTorth  American  Indians  within  the  present 
limits  of  the  United  States,  extending  from  Newfonndland  to 
the  Mississippi,  and  from  the  waters  of  the  Ohio  to  Hudson's 
Bay  and  Lake  Winnipeg.  Northeast  and  northwest  of  them 
were  the  Eskimos  and  the  Athabascas;  the  Dakotas  boun.led 
them  on  the  west,  and  the  Mobiliau  tribes,  Oatawbas,  Natchez, 
&c.,  on  the  south.  Within  this  region  also  dwelt  the  Iroquois 
and  many  detached  tribes  from  other  families.  All  the  tribes 
of  the  Algonkins  were  nomadic,  shifting  from  place  to  place  as 
the  fishing  and  hunting  upon  which  they  depended  required. 
There  has  been  some  diificulty  in  properly  locating  the  tribe 
from  which  the  family  has  taken  its  name,  but  it  is  generally 
believed  they  lived  on  the  Ottawa  River,  in  Canada,  where  they 
were  nearly  exterminated  by  their  enemies,  the  Iroquois.  The 
only  remnant  of  the  tribe  at  this  time  is  at  the  Lake  of  the  Two 
Mountains. 

Of  the  large  number  of  tribes  forming  this  family,  many  are 
now  extinct,  otliera  so  reduced  and  merged  into  neighboring 
tribes  as  to  be  lost,  while  nearly  all  of  the  rest  have  been  re- 
moved f«r  from  their  original  hunting-grounds.  Tlie  Lenni 
Lenape,  from  the  Delaware,  are  now  leading  a  civilized  lite  far 
out  on  the  great  plains  west  of  the  Missouri,  and  with  them  are 
the  Shawnees  from  the  south  and  the  once  powerful  Pottawata- 
mies,  Ottawas,  and  Miamis  from  the  Ohio  Valley.  Of  tlio  many 
nations  forming  this  great  family,  we  have  a  very  full  representa- 
tion in  the  following  catalogue,  about  eciually  divided  beiween 
the  wild  hunters  and  the  civilized  agric  iltuiists. 

1.   ClIEYENNES. 

"This  nation  has  received  a  variety  of  names  from  travellers 
and  the  neighboiing  tribes,  as  ►Shyennes,  Sliiennes,  Cheyeunes, 

5 


CATALOGUE    OF   INDIAN   PIIOTOGEAI'US. 


Chayennps,  Sliaras,  Sliawliays,  Sharsbas,  and  by  tbo  different 
bands  of  Dakotas,  Shai  en-a  or  Shaic  la.  With  the  Dlackfeet, 
they  are  the  most  western  brauoU  of  the  great  Alpjonkin  family. 
When  first  known,  they  were  living  on  the  Chayenue  or  Cay- 
enne lliver,  a  branch  of  the  Red  ]liver  of  the  North,  but  were 
driven  west  of  the  Mississippi  by  the  Sionx,  and  about  the  close 
of  the  last  century  still  farther  west  across  the  Missouri,  where 
they  were  fonnd  by  those  enterprising  travelers  Lewis  and 
Clark  in  1803.  On  their  map  attached  to  their  report  they 
locate  them  near  the  eastern  face  of  the  Black  Hills,  in  the 
valley  of  the  great  Sheyenne  River,  and  state  their  number  at 
1,500  souls."  Their  first  treaty  with  the  United  States  was 
made  in  1825,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Teton  River.  They  were 
then  at  peace  with  the  Dakotas,  but  warring  against  the  Paw- 
nees and  others.  Were  then  estimated,  by  Drake,  to  number 
3,250. 

During  the  time  of  Long's  expedition  to  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
in  1819  and  1820,  a  small  portion  of  the  Cheyennes  seem  to  have 
separated  themselves  from  the  rest  of  their  nation  on  the  Mis- 
souri, and  to  have  associated  themselves  with  the  Arapahoes 
who  wandered  about  the  tributaries  of  the  Platte  and  Arkan- 
sas, while  those  who  remained  affiliated  with  the  Ogalallas, 
l.esetwo  divisions remainiiig  separated  until  the  present  time. 
Steps  are  now  being  taken,  however,  to  bring  tliem  together  on 
a  new  reservation  in  the  Indian  Territory. 

Up  to  18G2,  they  were  generally  friendly  to  the  white  settlers, 
when  outbreaks  occurred,  and  then  for  three  or  four  years  a 
costly  and  bloody  war  was  carried  on.  against  them,  a  notable 
feature  of  which  was  the  Sand  Creek  or  Cliivingtou  massacre, 
November  20, 18(M.     " Since  that  time  there  has  bee^  constant 


troublt 


In  '07,  General  Hancock  burned  the  village 


of  the  Dog  Soldiers,  on  Pawnee  Fork,  and  another  war  began, 
in  wliich  General  Custer  defeated  them  at  Washita,  killing 
Black  Kettle  and  37  others."  The  northern  bands  have  been 
generally  at  peace  with  tlie  whites,  resisting  many  overtures  to 
Join  their  southern  brethren. 

List  of  illustralidns, 

118,  120.  llAH-KET-noME-MAii.    Little  liohc.    (Front.) 

SouTiiKiiN  Cheyenne. 
110,121.  HAii-KET-iiOME-^iAil.     Little  Rohc.    (Protihs) 

SouTiiEiiN  Cheyenne. 
100.  llAHKET-iioMEMAiT.  Little  L'ohc.  Southern  Cheyenne. 


i 


m^ 


I 


% 


m 


ALGOMCINS CIIII'PEWAS. 

110.  MiN-NiN-NE-WAH.     WhirJiHud.     Southern 

111.  Whoak-poono-bats.    Whiie ShieUI. 

112.  Wo-po  HAM.,  White  Horse.  Southern 

113.  Bah-ta-cue.    Medicine  Man.  Southern 

114.  Pawnee.  Southern 

115.  Ed.  Guerrier.    Interpreter.  Southern 

26.  Lame  White  Man.  Northern 
Wild  Uog.  Northern 

27.  Bald  Bear.  Northern 
Cut  Foot.  Northern 

28.  Dull  Knife.  Northern 
Little  Wolf.  Northern 

29.  Crazy  Head.  Northern 
Spotted  Wolf.  Northern 

30,  31.  Stone  Calf  aud  Wife.  Southern 

116.  Whirlwind  and  Pawnee.  Southern 

117.  Little  Eobe  aud  White  Horse. 


Cheyenne. 

Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 
Cheyenne. 


Southern  Cheyenne. 


122.  HiciH  Toe. 

123-4.  Groups  at  Agency. 


2.   CHIPPEWAS. 

Mignitiug  from  the  East  late  in  the  sixteenth  or  early  in 
the  seventeenth  century,  the  Chippewas,  or  Ojibwas,  settled 
first  about  the  Falls  of  Saint  Mary,  from  which  point  they 
pushed  still  farther  westward,  and  eventnally  compelled  the 
Dakotas  to  relinquish  their  ancient  hunting-grounds  about  the 
headwaters  of  the  Mississipi)i  and  of  the  lied  Kiver  of  the 
North.  Were  first  known  to  the  French,  about  1010,  who 
called  them  Sauteux,  from  the  place  of  their  residence  about 
Sault  Ste.  Marie,  a  name  still  applieil  to  them  by  the  Canadian 
French.  They  were  then  living  in  scattered  bands  on  the  banks 
of  Lake  Superior  and  Luke  Huron,  and  at  war  with  the  Foxes, 
Iroquois,  and  Dakotas,  becoming  thereby  nuich  reduced  in  num- 
bers. Were  firm  allies  of  the  French  in  all  of  their  operations 
against  the  English,  and  took  a  prominent  part  in  Pontiac's 
uprising.    During  the  revolutionary  war  they  were  hostile  to 


^ 


8 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


the  colonists,  but  made  a  treaty  of  peace  with  them  at  its  close. 
Tney  again  sided  with  the  English  in  the  war  of  1812,  but 
joined  in  a  general  pacification  with  a  nnmber.of  other  tribes 
in  181G.  Like  other  tribes,  they  gradually  ceded  their  lands 
to  the  Government,  receiving  in  return  annuities  and  goods, 
until  in  1851  all  but  a  few  bands,  retaining  but  moderate  reser- 
vations, had  removed  west  of  the  Mississippi. 

"The  Chippewas,  now  numbering  19,606,  formerly  ranged 
over  Michigan,  Wisconsin,  and  Minnesota,  and  with  common 
interests,  and  acknowledging  more  or  less  the  leadership  of  one 
controlling  mind,  formed  a  homogeneous  and  powerful  nation  ; 
a  formidable  foe  to  the  Sioux,  with  whom  they  waged  inces- 
sant warfare,  which  was  checked  only  by  the  removal  of  the 
Minnesota  Sioux  to  Dakota  after  the  outbreak  of  1863." 

The  collecting  of  the  Chippewas  upon  thirteen  reservations, 
scattered  over  the  above  named  States,  under  five  diifereut 
agencies,  has  so  modified  the  esprit  du  co^-ps  of  the  tribe  that, 
though  speaking  the  same  language  and  holding  the  same  tra- 
ditions and  customs,  the  bands  located  in  different  sections  of 
the  country  have  few  interests  and  no  property  in  common, 
and  little  itiHiience  or  intercourse  with  each  other.  The 
agency  has  taken  the  place  of  the  nation,  and  is  in  turn  de- 
veloping the  individual  man,  who,  owning  house,  stocK,  and 
farm,  has  learned  to  look  solely  to  his  own  exertions  for  sup- 
port. No  tribe  by  unswerving  loyalty  deserves  more  of  the 
Government,  or  is  making,  under  favorable  conditions,  more 
gratifying  i)rogress ;  9,850  of  the  tribe  live  in  houses,  9,345 
are  engaged  in  agriculture  and  other  civilized  occupations ; 
and  13,202  wear  citizen's  dress.  Fifty-seven  per  cent,  of  their 
subsistence  is  obtained  by  their  own  labor,  mainly  in  farming; 
for  the  rest,  they  depend  on  game  and  fish,  especially  the  lat- 
ter, of  which  they  readily  obtain  large  (juantities. 

The  Chippewas  are  extensively  intermarried  with  the  Otta- 
was,  and  are  thrifty  and  worthy  citizens  of  the  United  States, 
as  are  also  those  of  Saj^inaw,  and  of  Keewenaw  Bay  in  Michi- 
gan. The  Bad  Kiver,  Ked  Cliff,  Ked  Lake,  and  Mississippi 
bands  are  likewise  making  rapid  progress  in  civilization.  Of 
those  which  liave  made  but  little  or  no  progress  are  the  Leech 
Lake,  White  Earth,  Mille  Lac,  and  other  scattered  bands  in 
renu)te  and  inaccessible  regions  of  Minnesota  and  Wisconsin, 
the  older  chiefs  resolutely  opposing  any  attempt  on  the  part  of 
the  younger  men  to  begin  a  civilized  life. 


i, 


en 


ALGONKINt CHIPPEWAS. 


I 


List  of  Illustrations. 

1001.  Es  EN-CE.    Little  Shell.  Pembina. 

Head  cliiefofthe  Pembiiias,  residing  at  Turtle  Monii- 
taiu,  in  Dakota.  His  father  and  grandfather  were 
chiefs  of  the  same  band  before  liiin.  Took  an  active 
part  against  the  Sioux  in  the  Minnesota  massacres  in 
1803.  Visited  Washington  in  1874,  at  the  bead  of  a 
delegation  in  behalf  of  their  bands,^to  protest  against 
being  removed  from  their  old  homes  about  Turtle 
Mountain. 

1002.  Mis-TO-YA-BE,    Little  Bull.  Tembina. 

Head  brave  of  the  Pembinas,  and  resides  at  Pem- 
bina. Is  a  man  of  considerable  influence,  his  word 
being  law  with  his  band.  Has  good  common  sense 
and  line  executive  ability.  Was  removed  by  the  Gov- 
ernment to  White  Earth  reservation,  but  refuses  to 
live  there,  and  has  gone  back  to  his  old  home.  Has 
fought  the  Sioux  frequently,  and  has  been  quite  suc- 
cessf'.d  in  stealing  horses  from  them.  Has  two  wives. 
Does  uo  farming. 

1003.  KA-EEsrA.    Something  Bloicn  Up  hy  the  Wind.    ^embiinA. 

A  half-breed,  but  lives  and  dresses  like  an  Indian. 
His  father  was  made  a  chief  of  the  Pembinas  by  the 
English  and  Americans,  and  upon  his  death  succeeded 
him.  Is  a  very  successful  hunter,  and  is  looked  upon 
as  a  representative  man  of  the  tribe. 

1004.  Ke  WOESAis  we  RO.    The  Man  Who  Knows  IToic  to  Runt. 

Pembina. 
A  half-breed  and  third  brave  of  the  band.  Alwajs 
joined  the  Chippewas  in  fighting  the  Sioux — the  Pem- 
binas fighting  on  horseback — and  counts  four  scalps. 
Is  a  trader.  Is  thought  very  mucli  of  by  his  tribe, 
and  has  a  reputation  for  moral  worth  and  straight- 
forward dealing. 

861.  Large  Group  of  the  preceeding  four  numbers. 

IOCS.  Shay-wi-zick.    Sour  Spittle.  Red  Lake. 

A  brave  of  the  Red  Lake  band  of  Chippewas  and 

younger  brother  of  the  head  chief.    His  wife  and  chil- 


10 


CATALOaUE    OF   INDl  >^-    I'HOrOGKAJ'llS. 


I 


dreu  were  killed  by  the  Sioux,  and  he  fought  them 
liO(iucMJtl.y  ill  leturr-,  killing  two.  Was  n  good  speaker 
and  farmed  a  good  deal.  IJied  last  winter,  aged 
about  10. 

SOj'lOGD.  Qui-wi  ziiExsnisii.    Bad  Boy.  Red  Lake. 

Foremost  brave  of  the  Ked  Lake  baud.  His  father 
was  chief,  which  otlice  is  Jiow  held  by  his  older  brother. 
Was  ranked  as  one  of  the  bravest  of  the  Chippewas 
in  their  battles  with  the  Sioux,  and  took  many  scalps. 
Was  a  fine  si)eaker  and  a  man  of  much  influence. 
Farmed  very  successfully  and  raised  considerable  corn, 
and  was  also  a  good  hunter.  ILid  two  wives.  Died 
iu  1872. 

1070.  Qui  wi  ZExXS.    The  Boy.  Ked  Lake. 

A  brave  and  a  leading  warrior  in  the  battles  of  his 
trioe  with  the  Sioux.  A  good  speaker,  hunter,  and 
farmer,  although  the  farming  is  done  almost  entirely 
by  his  wife  ami  children,  as  is  the  case  with  all  these 
Indians.     Is  now  dead. 

1071.  AUGUS'lE.  Pe.aibina. 

A  brave  of  the  Pembinas,  formerly  residing  near  the 
British  line,  but  now  removed,  with  his  band,  to  the 
White  Earth  reservation.  Has  the  reputation  of  be- 
ing a  miserable,  worthless  Indian,  unwiiliug  to  work, 
and  adhering  with  great  tenacity  to  the  heathenish 
customs  of  his  tribe.  Was  baptized  in  his  infancy  by 
.  the  Ifomau  Catliolics,  but  has  renounced  his  Ciuistian- 
ity.  Has  had  his  skull  broken  three  times  i.»  quarrels 
with  his  own  people,  and  has  been  twice  wounded  ia 
lights  with  the  Sioux. 

1072.  MoozoMo.    .Moose's  Dung.  Ked  Lake. 

A  petty  chief  of  the  lied  Like  band.  Died  sotne 
years  ago  at  a  very  old  age.  Was  a  great  hunter,  and 
farmed  considerably  also.  Was  much  respected  by 
the  lied  Lake  bands,  and  esix'cially  so  by  the  whites. 

Me-jaw  key-osii.    Somethiny  in  the  Air  Gradually  Fall- 

iny  to  the  Earth.  n^^^  L^ke. 

A  brave  but  recently  made  a  chief  of  the  lied  Lake 

Chippewas,  and  is  ranked  as  the  very  bravest  of  all 


1073. 


i 


^/ 


i 


. 


ALGONKINS— ^niPPEVVAS. 


11 


^ 


bis  tribe.  Had  alwaj's  been  accustome<l  to  tight  the 
Sionx,  but  after  the  massacre  of  18G2-'03  re-orgauizod 
and  led  a  small  party  of  from  six  to  teu  of  his  bravest 
men  against  them  every  summer  for  some  time,  killing 
with  his  own  hand  fifteen  of  their  enemies  and  brins- 
ing  home  their  scalps.  Was  a  crafty  warrior  and 
knew  well  how  to  slay  his  foe  without  losing  his  own 
life.  lie  still  lives,  farming  and  hunting  for  a  living, 
and  is  a  man  of  great  influence  in  his  band. 

t       1074.  EssiNiWUB  Ogwissun.     The  Son  of  EHaUwcub. 

Ked  Lake. 
A  quiet,  peaceable  young  man,  ne\or  on  the  war- 
I>ath,  peace  having  been  declared  with  the  Sioux  be- 
fore he  came  of  age. 

1075.  Maiadjiaush.    Something  Beginning  to  Sail  Off. 

liED  Lake. 

A  brave  residing  at  Red  Lake.  His  father  was  a 
chief  and  his  younger  brotiier  the  present  head  chief 
•  of  the  Eed  Lake  band.  Ten  years  ago  had  the  re^.u- 
tatiou  of  being  a  bad  man,  and  has  the  same  suspi- 
cion still  hanging  about  him ;  is  ill-natured,  cross- 
grained,  and  always  striking  and  quarrelling  with  his 
fellow-Indians. 

1076.  Xaboniqueausu.    A  YeUoir  haired  One  Sailing  Along. 

Ked  Lake. 

1077.  TiniSHKO-BiNESS.    Like  a  Bird.  Eed  Lake. 

A  petty  chief  and  brother  of  Bad  Loy.  lias  often 
fought  the  Sioux  as  a  leading  brave.  Hunts  for  a 
living,  while  his  family  cultivate  corn  and  potatoes. 
Is  a  good  speaker  and  much  respected  by  the  Ked 
Lakes. 

78,  79.  Po-GO-NAY-GE-SHiCK.    Hole  in  the  Bay. 

81.  Aii-AH-SHAW-WE-KE-SHrOK.    Crossing  Sky.    liABBiT  Lake. 

82.  Nah-gun-a-gow-bow.    Standing  Forward.    Rabbit  Lake. 

83.  KiSli-KA-NA-CUT.      Stu»ip.  JMlLLE  LAC. 

84.  Mis-ko-pe-nen-siia.    lied  Bird.  Lake  Winnipeg. 

85.  Naw-yaav-nab.     The  Foremost  Sitter.  WisconsSIN. 
SQ.  Now-WE-GE-SHIOK.     N'oon  Day. 


i 


■ 


•mmjmaamummm 


12 


CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN    PHOTOGRAPHS. 


3.  DELAWAUES. 

When  first  discovered  by  the  white?,  the  Delawares  were 
living  on  the  banks  of  the  I>elaware,  in  detached  bauds  under 
separate  saclienus,  and  called  the^nselves  Itenappi — a  collective 
term  for  men — or,  as  it  is  now  written,  Lenno  Lenape.  In  1016 
the  Dutch  began  trading  witli  them,  maintaining  friendly  rela- 
tions most  of  the  time,  and  buying  so  much  of  their  land  that 
they  had  to  move  i?'1aud  for  game  and  furs.  Ponn  and  his  fol- 
lowers, succeeding,  kept  up  the  trade  and  bought  large  tracts 
of  land,  but  the  Indians  claimed  to  have  been  defrauded  and 
showed  a  reluctance  to  move.  They  then  numbered  about 
C,t)0O.  With  the  assistance  of  the  Indians  of  the  Six  liTptions 
the  authorities  compelled  tlie  Delawares  to  retire.  At  the  be- 
ginning of  the  llevolution  there  were  none  east  of  the  Alle- 
ghanies.  By  treaty  in  IThO  lands  were  reserved  to  them  be- 
tween the  iMianii  an<l  Cuyahoga,  and  on  the  Muskingum.  In 
1818  the  Delawares  ceded  all  their  lands  to  the  Government 
and  removed  to  White  Kiver,  Missouri,  to  the  number  of  1,800, 
leaving  a  small  number  in  Ohio.  Another  change  followed 
eleven  years  after,  wlien  1,000  settled  by  treaty  on  the  Kansas 
and  Missouri  Kivers,  the  rest  going  south  to  Red  lliver. 

During  the  late  civil  war  they  furnished  170  soldiers  out  of 
an  able-bodied  male  population  of  201. 

In  18GG  sold  their  land  to  the  railroad  which  ran  across  it, 
and  buying  land  of  the  Cherokees,  settled  where  the  main 
body  now  resides,  small  bands  being  scattered  about  among 
the  Wichitas  and  Kiowas. 

In  18G6,  by  a  specjial  treaty,  they  received  and  divided  the 
funds  held  for  their  benefit,  took  lauds  in  severalty,  and  ceased 
to  be  reg.arded  as  a  tribe.  They  hive  given  up  their  Indian 
ways  and  live  in  comfortable  houses.  Many  of  them  are  elli- 
cient  farmers  and  good  citizens.  They  are  becoming  so  incor- 
porated with  other  tribes  that  there  has  been  no  late  enumera- 
tion made  of  them  as  a  whole.  During  the  late  war  they  num- 
bered 1,085. 

List  of  illtinfmtion}t. 

181-2.  Black  Beaver. 

Is  a  I'ud-blood  Delaware.  Ha;^  travelled  very  exten- 
sively through  the  mountaii.s,  servingat  one  time  as  a 
captain  in  the  United  States  Army.  Has  a  huge  farm 
under  cultivation,  and  lives  in  a  very  comfortable  man- 


i\ 


^* 


? 


^ 


ALGONKINS MENOMONEE«. 


13 


iier,  having  good,  substantial  frontier  buildings.  He 
commenced  life  as  a  wild  Isidian  trapper,  until,  becom- 
ing familiar  with  almost  all  of  the  unexplored  region 
of  the  West,  aud  being  a  remarkablj'  trutbful  and  re- 
liable man,  he  was  mucu  sought  after  as  a  guide,  and 
accompanied  several  expeditions  in  that  capacity.  His 
life  has  bee  '.  one  of  bold  adventure,  fraught  with  many 
interesting  incidents,  which,  if  properly  written  out, 
would  form  an  interesting  and  entertaining  volume. — 
Batty. 


18G.  Great  Bear. 


4.   MEN03I0NEES. 


Were  known  to  the  French  as  early  as  IGIO,  and  were  then 
living  on  the  Menomonee  Jliver,  emptying  into  Green  Bay, 
Wisconsin.  Their  name  is  that  of  the  wild  rice  upon  which 
they  largely  depend  for  their  subsistence.  This  is  one  of  the 
few  tribes  in  the  United  States  w:;o  have  never  been  removed 
from  their  old  home,  aud  are  still  residing  on  the  same  spot 
where  they  were  first  known.  Served  with  the  French  against 
the  Foxes  in  1712,  and  against  the  English  up  to  17G3,  partici- 
pating in  Braddock's  defeat,  battles  of  Fort  William  Herry 
and  the  Plains  of  Abraham.  Were  allies  of  the  English  during 
the  Kevolutiou,  aud  also  in  the  second  war  with  Great  Britain. 
In  1831  commenced  ceding  their  lands  to  the  Government  for 
money  payments,  until  they  were  finally  located  in  1854  in  their 
present  reservation  in  Shawano  County,  Wisconsin,  consisting 
of  231,080  acres  of  very  poor  land.  They  are  declining  rapidly 
in  numbers.  lu  1822  were  estimated  at  3,900;  the  present 
count  makes  them  1,522.  Are  now  living  in  a  civiliz«'d  way, 
with  a  large  proportion  of  their  children  attending  school  regu- 
larly. Their  main  dependen('e  is  upon  .tje  lumber  tradii,  cutting 
during  the  last  winter  over  5,000,000  feet  of  logs,  netting  them 
$4  per  1,000. 

List  of  illustrations. 
852.  Moses  Ladd. 

An  intelligent  and  influential  man  in  the  tribe,  a 
grandson  of  Gorrow  and  nephew  of  Shunatna  shu  na- 
ne,  noted  chiefs  of  the  iMenomonees.  In  1870  Mr.  Ludd 
was  sent  as  a  delegal(5  from  his  tribe  to  Washington 
to  settle  various  comi)lications  before  the  Departments 
and  Congress.  Was  born  at  Green  Bay,  Wis.,  in  1828. 
Is  of  mixed  blood. 


^ 


mJ^ae^ 


14 


CATALOGUE    OF   INDIAN   PHOTOGRAPHS, 


0.  MIAMIES. 

In  1G58  were  found  on  Green  Bay,  Wisconsin,  and  in  1G70 
near  the  head  of  Fox  Uiver,  and  were  tlieu  said  to  nuuiber  8,000 
warriors,  living  in  mat  houses  within  a  pahsade.  Their  early 
history  is  full  of  their  many  engagements  with  Iroquois,  Sioux, 
and  the  French,  in  all  of  which  they  lost  heavily.  Sided  with 
the  English  in  the  revolutioiiary  war,  continuing  hostile  to  the 
United  States  until  1815.  They  then  numbered  3,000,  but  tU3i;' 
wars  had  left  them  in  a  b:i<lly  <lemoralized  condition,  leading  to 
broils  among  themselves,  in  which  nearly  iiOO  perished  in  eight- 
een yeais.  In  LS'M  a  portion,  numbering  384,  were  removed 
from  Indiana  to  the  south  side  of  the  Kansas  Kiver.  By  1838 
the  jMiamies  remaining  in  Indiana,  then  numbt^ring  1,100,  sold 
the  rest  of  their  lands;  an<l  in  18-10  500  of  fheni  removed  to 
Kansas,  where  in  twenty-two  years  they  were  reduced  to  92. 
In  1873  their  lands  were  sold,  when  most  of  the  tribe  confed- 
erated with  the  Peorias,  a  few  resnaining  in  Kansas  as  citizens. 
Are  now  very  much  scattered,  witii  no  agency  of  their  own, 
and  number,  as  near  as  can  be  ascertained,  less  than  100. 
The  subji'cts  of  the  following  photographs  are  of  mixed  blood: 

Ijifit  of  ilhinhritlons. 

419.  LUM  KI-KOM. 

420.  Tiios.  Miller. 

421.  Joe  Dick. 

422-1.  ItOUIJlDEAUX. 

425.  Tiros.  Riciiakdwell. 

420.  llouEiDEAUX  ami  Kiciiauuwell. 

G.    OTTAWA.H. 

When  iirst  discovered  by  the  early  French  explorers  wero 
residing  on  the  northwest  shore  of  the  peninsula  of  Michigan. 
After  the  defeat  of  the  Hurons  in  1G19,  they  lied  before  the 
Iroquois  to  beyond  the  Missis.sinpi,  but  were  soon  compelled  to 
retrace  their  stei>s  by  the  Dakotas,  and  tlnally  settled  at  Mack- 
inaw, wher«3  tliey  joined  the  French  i  i  many  ol' their  operations 
and  in  their  contest  for  Canada.  At  its  close,  Pontiae,  head 
chief  of  the  Detroit  Oltawas,  organized  a  great  cons[)iracy  for 
the  destruction  of  the  I'^iglish,  wliich  was  only  partially  suo- 
ceJTsfid.  During  the  Uevolutiou  were  with  the  ICuglish.  At  its 
close  a  long  seii(vs  of  treatii^s  followed,  until,  iti  18:J3,  thosj  in 


i\ 


At 


r 


ALGONKINS OTTAWAS. 


15 


& 


itii» 


t 


Michigan  ceded  their  lauds  and  removed  south  of  the  Missouri 
Eiver.  In  183G  those  in  Ohio  sohl  their  laiids  and  reaioved  to 
the  Indian  Territory  and  prospered,  becoming  citizens  of  the 
United  States  in  1807.  In  1870  made  another  move  to  a  new 
reservation  of  25,000  acres  near  the  Shawnees,  wliere  they  are 
now  living,  reduced  to  140.  A  large  number  of  Ottau-as  are 
now  living  on  the  shore  of  Lake  Superior,  so  intermarried  and 
confederated  with  the  Chippewas  that  there  is  no  attempt  at 
any  distinction  between  them,  the  two  combined  numbering 
over  0,000.  In  Canada  there  are  about  1,000  more,  all  self- 
supporting. 

List  of  illustrations. 

504.  SUCKEK. 

505.  Cue  i'u-QUA.    Lightning. 

English   name,   Henry  Clay.      Full-blood    Ottawa. 

Uneducated,  but  of  considerable  executive  abiliiy.    Is 

'     a  councilman  and  an  energetic,  uiisclfish  worlcer  for  the 

advancement  of  the  tribe.     Was  born  in  1S30,  and  this 

photograph  taken  in  1808. 

50C.  Paiitee.    John  }Yilson. 

Chief  of  the  tribe  from  18G7  to  1801),  dying  before  the 
expiralion  of  his  term  of  ollice,  iigcd  about  00  years. 
Was  but  little  versed  in  English,  but  was  well  edu- 
cated in  his  own  langunge.  Was  noted  for  amiability 
and  hosi)itality,  and  nuide  one  of  the  very  best  of 
chiefs. 

607.  SiiA-roNDA.    Passing  Through.    (James  Wind.) 

Succeeded  John  Wilson  as  chief  for  two  .years.  Is  a 
half  blood.  Is  well  educated  in  native  language,  and  an 
o»dained  minister  in  the  Baptist  church.    Died  in  1875. 

1040.  Joseph  Kma. 

Successor  of  James  Wind  as  chief  of  the  Ottawas. 
Is  well  educated  in  both  native  and  Euglisji  languages. 
Age,  50  years. 

1011.   L.  S.  1)  An  NET. 

B(M'n  as  a  Peoria,  but  was  exi)clh'd  from  the  tribe, 
and  the  Ottawas  adopted  him  as  (uie  of  their  own. 
1039.  FuANK  Kino. 

Also  an  adopted  mendter  of  the  tribe,  being  origi- 
nnlly  a  Chippewa.  lias  been  a  counsellor,  and  also 
Judg(-  of  the  council. 


SB 


BSiBi^^^Sl 


i^S 


16 


CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN   PHOTOGRAPHS. 


7.  rOTTAAVATOMIES. 

Early  iu  IGOO  were  occupying  tUo  lower  pouinsuUi  of  Michi- 
gan iu  scattered  bauds,  whence  they  were  tinally  driv^ea  west- 
ward by  the  Iroquois,  and  settled  about  Greeu  Bay.  The 
French  acquired  much  influ3nce  over  them,  whom  they  joined 
in  their  wars  with  the  Iroquois.  Joined  Poutiac  in  his  uprising 
in  1783.  Hostile  to  colonists  during  the  Revolution,  but  made 
a  peace  in  1795,  joining  the  English  again,  however,  in  1812. 
New  treaties  followed  by  which  their  lauds  were  almost  en- 
tirely conveyed  away,  until  in  183S  a  reserve  was  allotted  them 
•on  the  Missouri,  to  which  800  were  removed.  The  whole  tribe 
then  numbered  about  4,000,  some  bands  of  which  had  made 
•considerable  progress  in  civilization,  while  a  part,  called  the 
Pottawatomies  of  the  Prairie,  were  roving  and  pagan.  Those 
in  Kansas  made  rapid  progress  in  civilization.  In  18G7,  1,400 
out  of  2,180  elected  to  become  citizens  and  take  their  lands  in 
severalty  ;  the  others  held  to  their  tribal  organizatio.i,  but  dis- 
integration set  in  and  many  became  wanderers,  some  even  go- 
ing to  Mexico.  It  is  difficult  at  the  present  time  to  estimate 
their  whole  number,  owing  to  their  scattered  condition.  There 
are  only  450  in  the  Indian  Territory,  under  the  care  of  the  In- 
dian Bureau,  and  in  Michigan  CO.  The  others  are  citizens  or 
roaming  in  Mexico.  Of  this  once  numerous  and  powerful 
nation  we  have  but  a  single  illustration,  viz  : 

List  of  illusirationa. 

622.  MzHiK-Ki-AN.     Thunder  Coming  Down  to  the  Ground. 

8.  SACS  AND  POXES. 

The  Sacs,  Sauks,  or  Saukies,  as  it  has  been  variously  writ- 
ten— a  word  meaning  white  clay — and  the  Foxes,  or  Outagani- 
ies,  or  more  properly  the  Musquakkink,  (lied  Olay),  are  now  as 
one  tribe.  They  were  first  discovered  settled  about  Green 
Bay,  Wis.,  but  their  possessions  extended  westward,  so  that 
the  larger  part  was  beyond  the  Mississippi.  They  partly 
subdued  and  admitted  into  their  alliance  the  lowas,  a  Dakota 
tribe.  By  1804  thoy  had  ceded  all  their  lands  east  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, and  settled  on  the  Des  Moines  lliver,  roving  subse- 
quently to  the  Osage,  and  most  of  these  finally  to  the  Indian 
Territory.  In  1822  the  united  bands  numbered  8,000,  but  are 
now  reduced  to  a  little  more  than  1,001),  of  whom  311  are  still 


1 


I 


Ma 


ALGONKIXS — SACS    AND    FOXES. 


17 


*h 


tAtk 


1 


ill  Iowa,  430  in  the  Indian  Territory,  98  la  Nebraska,  and 
about  200  in  Kansas.  The  Sacs  and  Foxes  of  the  Mississippi  in 
the  Indian  Territory  have  a  reservation  of  483,840  acres.  Un- 
successful attempts  have  been  made  lately  to  induce  those  in 
Kansas  to  join  them.  Those  in  Iowa  are  living  on  a  section  of 
land  purchased  by  themselves.  The  Sacs  and  Foxes  of  the 
Missouri  have  4,803  acres  of  land  in  Nebraska,  but  it  is  pro- 
posed to  remove  them  soon  to  the  Indian  Territory. 

List  of  illustrations. 
GIT.  Keoki;k.     Watchful  Fox. 

A  chief  of  the  Kiscoquah  band  of  Sacs  or  Sauks, 
and  head  chief  of  the  combined  Sacs  and  Foxes. 

"  The  entire  absence  of  records  by  which  the  chro- 
nology of  events  might  be  ascertained,  renders  it  im- 
possible to  trace,  in  the  order  of  their  date,  the  steps 
by  which  this  remarkable  man  rose  to  the  chief  place 
of  his  nation,  and  acquired  a  commanding  and  perma- 
nent influence  over  his  people. 

"Keokuk  is  in  all  respects  a  magnificent  savage. 
Bold,  enterprising,  and  impulsive,  ho  is  also  politic, 
and  possesses  an  intimate  knowledge  of  human  na- 
ture, and  a  tact  which  enables  him  to  bring  the 
resources  of  his  mind  into  prompt  operation.  His 
talents  as  a  military  chief  and  civil  ruler  are  evident 

from  the  disciplino^which  exists  among  his  people." 

McKinney. 

<J78,  G81-2,  705.  Keokuk,  Jr. 

Son  of  the  preceding,  and  succeed-Ml  him  in  the 
chieftainshi[). 

C79,  081:.  Charles  Ki^okuk. 

Grandson  of  Keokuk,  sr. 

083.  Keokuk,  Jk.,  and  Charles  Keokuk. 
G85-0.  Mo-LESS. 
C87-8.  Sao-a-pe. 
(580.  Mo-LESS  and  Sac-a-I'e. 
(J02.  QUA-QUA-OUF-PE-KA,  or  Dead  Indian. 
003.  The  Sea. 
GUI.  Tiio  Bear. 
2 


I 


18 


CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN    THOTOGRAPIIS. 


695-9.  Mo-KO-HO  KO. 
7^.  Manc-to-wa. 

400.  WAH  COM-MO. 

401.  Ne-quaw-ho-ko.     Grey  Eyes. 

396,  691,  701.  Wah-paiinaii-ka-na  kail  Bear  Eating  Acorns 
Up  a  Tree,  or  Geo.  Gomez. 

A  Mexican  by  birth,  and  iuterpreter  for  the  Sacs 
and  Foxes  since  1858.  Was  sold  to  the  Coraanches 
when  thirteen  years  ot  age,  but  ran  away  and  joined 
the  Kickapoos.  Was  captured  again  by  the  Ooman- 
ches  while  he  was  out  with  the  Kickapoos  hunting, 
but  was  allowed  to  escape  and  rejoin  liis  Indian 
friends.  Drove  Government  teams  for  a  while  be- 
tween Forts  Leavenworth  and  Kearney.  In  1852 
joined  the  Sacs  and  Foxes,  and  participated  in  some 
of  their  battles  on  the  plains. 

He  has  been  married  into  the  following  tribes  :  Cad- 
does,  Kickapoos,  l\iwnees,  Seminoles,  Shawuees,  Pot- 
tawatoniies,  Winnebagoes,  lowas,  and  Sacs  and  Foxes 
of  Missouri ;  and  speaks  the  languages  of  the  Creeks, 
Caddo,  Comanche,  Pottawatomie,  Kickapoo,  Sac  and 
Fox,  Pawnee,  Iowa,  and  Winnebago,  besides  English 
and  Spanish. 

708.  Sac  chief. 

709.  Group  of  Sac  and  Fox  chiefs. 

805.  Group  of  Fox  chiefs. 

806.  Commissioner  Bogy  reading  treaty. 

710.  Commissioner  and  delegation  of  chiefs. 
706-7.  Groups  of  delegations! 


1^ 


9.  shaavnee. 

The  Shawnees  or  Shawanoes  are  an  erratic  tribe  of  Algon- 
kin  stock,  supposed  to  have  been  one  primarily  with  the  Kicka- 
poos. \  ^ere  first  discovered  in  Wisconsin,  but  moved  eaat- 
wardly,  and,  coming  in  contact  with  the  Iroquois  south  of  Lake 
Erie,  were  driven  to  the  banks  of  the  Cumberland.  Some 
passed  thence  into  South  Carolina  and  Florida,  and,  by  the 
early  part  of  the  eigliteenth  century,  had  spread  into  Pennsyl- 
vania and  New  York.    At  the  close  of  the  Spanish  and  Eng- 


«<* 


ALGOLKIN I'EQUOD. 


19 


^ 


<U 


lish  war  those  in  Florida  emigrated  and  joined  the  northern 
bauds,  and,  again  coming  into  contact  with  the  Iroquois,  were 
driven  westward  into  Ohio.  Joined  in  Pontiac's  uprising  in 
1763,  and  rallied  under  the  English  flag  during  the  Itevolution. 
In  1795  the  main  body  of  the  tribe  were  on  the  Scioto,  but 
some  had  already  crossed  the  Mississippi  and  others  south. 
Those  in  Missouri  ceded  their  lands  to  the  Government  in  1825, 
and  those  in  Ohio  in  1831,  for  new  homes  in  the  Indian  Terri- 
tory. In  1854  the  main  body  in  the  Indian  Territory  disbanded 
their  tribal  organization  and  divided  their  lands  in  severalty. 

The  Eastern  Shairnees  are  those  who  emigrated  direct  from 
Ohio  to  the  Indian  Territory,  where  they  now  are.  Th<'y  num- 
ber 97,  and  are  successful  agriculturists. 

The  Absentee  Shaicnees  are  those  who,  thirty-five  years  since, 
seceded  from  the  main  portion  of  the  tribe  in  Kansas  aud 
located  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Indian  Territory,  where 
they  have  received  no  aid  from  Government,  but  are  now  in  a 
liiglily  prosperous  condition.    They  number  503  at  the  present 

time. 

List  of  ilhiHtrationS: 

711.  WA-WA-SI  SI-MO. 

712.  ¥.  A.  EoGEiis. 

713.  Charles  Tucker. 

710.  Bertram. 

10.   PECiUOD. 

Of  the  five  principal  nations  of  New  Enghmd  in  107',  thd 
Pequods  or  Mohegans,  the  two  being  considered  as  oue,  were 
tribes  of  considerable  influence  aiid  strength  of  numbers,  claim- 
ing authority  over  all  the  Indians  of  the  Connecticut  Valley. 
Jonathan  Edwards  states  that  the  language  of  the  S  tockbridge 
or  Muhhekanow  (Mohegan)  was  spoken  throughout  New  Eng- 
land. Nearly  every  tribe  had  a  different  dialect,  but  the 
language  was  radically  the  same.  Elliot's  translation  of  the 
Bible  is  in  a  particular  dialect  of  this  language.  The  Stock- 
bridges,  so  named  from  the  i)lace  of  their  residence,  was  origi- 
nally a  part  of  the  Ilousatonic  tribe  of  Massachusetts,  to  whom 
the  legislature  of  that  State  granted  a  section  of  land  in  1730. 
They  were  subsequently  removed  to  New  Sfcockbridge  and 
Brotherton,  in  Western  New  York,  many  other  tribes  of  New 
England  and  also  of  New  York  joining  them.  They  had  good 
lands  and  line  farms,  and  were  rapidly  becoming  worthy  of  citi- 


f: 


!i 


20 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


I 


zensbip,  wben,  in  1857,  they  were  removed  to  a  reservation 
near  Green  Bay,  Wisconsin,  on  which,  their  agent  reported,  no 
white  man  could  obtain  a  comfortable  livelihood  by  farming. 
They  have  been  divided  for  some  time  into  two  bands,  known 
as  the  "citizen"  and  "Indian''  factions,  the  former  having 
lived  off  from  the  reservation  for  the  past  twelve  years.  In 
1875,  134  of  the  "  citizens"  received  their  per  capita  share  of 
the  tribal  property,  and  became  private  citizens  of  the  United 
States.    The  tribe  has  118  members  remaining. 


1050.  Na-un-nAUP-tauk.    Jacob  Jacohs. 


Stockbridge. 


A  delegate  from  the  Stockbridge  Indians  to  Wash- 
ington in  1875,  and  again  in  1876.  Born  in  Wisconsin 
in  1834.  Belongs  to  the  "citi/'jn"  band,  and  partici- 
pated in  the  late  division  of  the  tribal  property  and 
separation  from  the  tribe. 

1019.  Waun-naun-con.  J.  C.  W.  Adams.  Stockbridge. 
Born  on  the  Seneca  reservation  in  New  York  in 
1813,  and  removed  to  Wisconsin  in  1853.  Received  a 
collegiate  education  at  the  Lawrence  University.  In 
187G  represented  the  Stockbridges  and  Munsees  as  a 
delegate  iu  Washington. 

1005.  Lyman  P.  Fowler.  Brotherton. 

A  member  of  the  Brotherton  branch  of  the  Pequod 
Nation.  Born  in  Oneida  County,  New  York,  in  1823, 
but  emigrated  with  some  of  the  Stockbridges  to  Wis- 
consin in  1836.  Chosen  as  a  delegate  to  Washington 
on  behalf  of  the  Stockbridges  and  Munsees. 

11.  ATHABASCAS. 

A  family  of  North  American  Indians,  comprising  two  large 
divisions,  one  living  in  the  British  Possessions,  between  Hud- 
son's Bay  and  the  Pacific,  and  the  other  along  the  southern 
boundary  of  the  United  States,  in  Arizona,  New  Mexico,  and 
Texas,  with  some  smaller  bands  along  the  western  coast,  north 
of  Oregon. 

The  name  of  the  family  is  derived  from  Lake  Athabasca,  a 
Cree  word,  meaning  "  cords  of  hay."  They  are  suppdfeed  by 
many  to  be  of  Tartar  descent,  and  their  language  has  been 
found  to  be  somewhat  analogous  to  that  of  Thibet.  Their  tra- 
ditions point  to  an  emigration  from  the  West,  over  a  series  of 


iH 


<tm 


ATIIABASCAS — APACHES. 


21 


m 


<iiU 


islands,  aud  amid  much  snow  and  ice.  The  southern  branch 
incUides  the  nomadic  Apaches,  the  industrious  Navajos,  and  a 
small  remnant  of  Lipans  iu  Texas,  numbering,  in    all,  over 


20,000. 


1.  APACHES. 


One  of  the  most  numerous  branches  of  Athabascan  stock 
are  the  Apaches,  a  fierce,  nomadic  nation,  roaming  over  the 
Territories  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona,  and  Sonora  and  Chi- 
huahna.  Always  a  scourge  and  a  terror  to  settlers,  they  have 
held  in  check  for  many  years  the  civilization  of  the  country 
covered  by  their  depredations.  In  1831  Gregg  wrote  of  them  : 
"They  are  the  most  extensive  and  powerful,  and  yet  the  most 
vagrant,  of  all  the  savage  nations  that  inhabit  the  interior  of 
Northern  Mexico.  They  are  supposed  to  number  15,000  souls, 
although  they  are  subdivided  into  various  potty«bands  and  are 
scattered  over  an  immense  tract  of  country.  They  never  con- 
struct houses,  but  live  in  the  ordinary  wigwam  or  tent  of  skins 
and  blankets.  They  manufacture  nothing,  cultivate  nothing. 
They  seldom  resort  to  the  chase,  as  their  country  is  destitute 
of  game,  but  seem  to  depend  entirely  upon  pillage  for  the  sup- 
port of  their  immense  population,  at  least  2,000  of  which  are 
warriors." 

Steadily  resisting  all  attempts  at  conversion  by  the  mission- 
aries, they  gathered  about  them  many  of  the  disaffdcted  tribes 
and  made  frequent  descents  upon  missions  and  towns,  ravag- 
ing, destroying,  and  completely  depopulating  many  of  them. 
Since  the  annexation  of  their  territory  to  the  United  States 
they  have  caused  much  trouble,  and  an  almost  constant  war- 
fare has  been  kept  up  against  them  until  quite  recently.  Suc- 
cessful military  campaigns  broke  up  their  predatory  habits, 
and  since  then  the  efforts  which  have  been  made  to  gather 
them  upon  reservations,  where  they  could  bo  cared  for  until 
capable  of  self-sustenance,  are  proving  entirely  successful.  At 
the  present  time  more  than  half  the  whole  nation  are  on  the 
San  Carlos  reservation  in  Arizona,  where  they  have  nearly 
4,000  square  miles,  or  over  2,500,000  acres,  situated  upon  both 
sides  of  the  Rio  Gila,  between  the  one  hundred  and  ninth  and 
one  hundred  and  eleventh  meridians,  400  acres  of  which  are 
now  under  cultivation  by  Indian  labor  entirely,  producing 
10,000  bushels  of  potatoes,  2,0!)0  bushels  of  corn,  and  large 
quantities  of  other  vegetables.  They  draw  their  entire  sub- 
sistence from  the  Government,  but  only  in  return  for  labor 


i 


22 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


perforni«'<l,  anJ  under  this  law  are  doing  much  good  in  the  way 
of  making  and  repairing  irrigating-ditches,  clearing  and  fenc- 
ing land,  &c.  Are  now  occupying  223  comfortable  houses, 
built  for  them.  "  When  it  is  considered  that  only  2,000  of 
these  Indians  have  bpen  on  the  reservation  two  years,  most  of 
■whom  were  participants  in  the  outbreaks  of  last  year  (1874) ; 
that  the  1,400  Ponto,  Yuma,  and  Mohave  Apaches  from  Verde 
arrived  in  March  last;  and  that  the  1,800  Coyoteros  from 
"White  Mountain  agency  arrived  July  last,  after  harvest,  the 
above  figures  will  be  found  a  most  striking  exhibit  of  the 
results  of  the  application  of  a  firm  control  and  common-sense 
treatment  for  one  year." 

Besides  the  San  Carlos  reservation  in  Arizona,  there  are  two 
others  in  New  Mexico,  upon  which  are  gathered  most  of  the 
rest  of  the  Apaches,  with  the  exception  of  about  050  in  the 
Indian  Territory. 

The  Mesealero  reservation,  midway  between  the  Rio  Grande 
and  the  Pecos,  contains  some  570,000  acres,  upon  which  are  the 
Mescaleros  and  some  other  smaller  bands,  to  the  number  of 
about  1,100.  But  little  has  been  done  in,  the  way  of  civilizing 
them,  and  they  depend  almost  entirely  upon  the  Government 
for  their  subsistence. 

The  Jicarilla  reservation,  intended  for  the  sub  tribe  of  that 
name,  is  of  about  the  same  dimensions  as  that  of  the  Mesca- 
leros, and  lies  between  the  San  Juan  River  and  the  northern 
boundary-line  of  New  Mexico.  The  Jicarillas,  who  number 
about  1,000,  have  not  as  yet  been  placed  upon  this  reserve,  but 
roam  at  will  over  the  surrounding  country,  spending  much  of 
their  time  with  the  southern  Utes,  with  wliom  they  have  in- 
termarried to  a  considerable  extent.  They  iraw  a  portion  pf 
their  subsistence  from  the  Government  and  .'ipeud  upon  their 
own  resources  for  the  rest. 

The  Annual  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs 
for  1875  subdivides  and  enumerates  the  Apaches  as  follows: 

Apaches  proper 463 

Aribaipais ;?d9 

Coyoteros  1,784 

ChiricabuuH 475 

Essa-queta , Ir-O' 

Gila HOO 

Jicarilla  , <)r)() 

MescaUno 1, 100 

Mieuibro 000 


4» 


.'n> 


\  I 


•m 


ATHABASCAS APACHES.  23 

Mohave gag 

Mogollon ^QQ 

^»°"1 435 

Tonto «oj 

Yuma .  ,„<• 

J7& 

Miembre,  MogoJlon,  aud  Coyoteros  clasaed  to<rethor 490 

Total 9   ggj 

List  of  illuntratioHS. 

853.  Ij|SKIMINZlN.  riNAL. 

Height,  5  feet  8  inches ;  circuinference  of  head,  22| 
inches;  circumference  of  chest,  37  inches;  age,  38 
years.  Head  chief  of  San  Carlos  reservation  and  of  the 
Pinal  Apaches.  His  family  was  among  those  slain  at 
the  Camp  Grant  massacre  in  1871.  Is  now  taking  the 
lead  iu  living  a  civilized  life,  having  taken  up  a  farm 
on  the  San  Carlos  River. 

854.  E.SKIMINZIN  AND  WIFE.  PlNAL. 

855.  Cassadora.    a  hunter.  Pinal. 

Height,  5  feet  8i  inches;  circumference  of  head,  23 
inches ;  circumference  of  chest,  40  inches.  Petty  chief; 
was  one  of  the  most  lawless  and  intractable  of  the 
tribe.  Took  part  in  the  assault  on  a  war,0Q  train  ia 
the  Caiion  Dolores  in  1872. 

85G.  Cassadora  and  wife.  Pinal. 

857.  EsxiNiLAY.  Pinal. 

Height,  5  feet  2  inches;  circumference  of  head,  22 
inches ;  circumference  of  chest,  35  inches.  A  captain 
of  the  reservatiou  police. 

858.  eskinilay  and  wife.  pinal. 

860.  Chiquito.  Pinal. 

Height,  5  feet  f  inches;  circumference  of  head,  23 
inches;  circumference  of  chest,  30  inches.  A  potty 
chief. 

861.  Chiquito  and  wife.  Pinal. 

862.  Saygully.  Pinal. 

Height,  5  feet  7|  inches;  circumference  of  head,  22J 
inches ;  circumference  of  chest,  36  inches. 


,!.» 


24 


CATALOGUE  OP  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


I 


1 


J ' 


865. 


8CG. 


863.  ESKAYELAn.  COYOTERO. 

ITeiglit,  5  feet  11  inches;  circumference  of  bead,  23 
inches;  circumference  of  chest,  36i  inches.  An  hered- 
itary head  chief  of  the  Coyotero  Apaches. 

864.  Skellegunnky.  Coyotero. 

Height,  5  feet  8^  inches;  circumference  of  head,  22^ 
inches;  circumference  of  chest,  30^  inches.  Is  looked 
upon  as  being  a  hard  case,  and  has  the  reputation  of 
being  a  great  horsestealer.  . 

CULLAH.  CHIRICAHUA. 

Height,  5  feet  G^  inches;  circumference  of  head,  22 
inches;  circumference  of  chest,  35^  inches. 

Hautushnehay.  Pinal. 

Height,  5  feet  9  inches;  circumference  of  head,  23 
inches;  circumference  of  chest,  36^  inches  One  of  the 
reservation  policemen  appointed  by  the  agent. 

Napasgingush.  Pinal. 

Height,  5  feet  Gi  inches ;  circumference  of  head,  211^ 
inches;  circumference  of  chest,  34i  inches. 

Cushshashado.  Pinal. 

Height,  5  feet  3:^  inches;  cin  umference  of  head,  22 

inches;  circumference  of  chest,  33  inches.    A  clerk  in 

the  trader's  store  on  the  San    Carlos  reservation  j 

speaks  English  fluently. 

Pinal.  Coyotero. 

Height,  5  feet  3i  inches ;  circumference  of  head,  21  f 
inches ;  circumference  of  chest,  37  inches.   A  sub-chief. 

Passalah.  Pinal. 

Height,  5  feet  1l^  inches ;  circumference  of  head,  23 
inches;  circumference  of  chest,  37J  inches.  A  reser- 
vation policeman. 

871.  Marijildo  Grijalva. 

Interpreter.  A  native  of  Sonora,  Mexico.  Was 
captured  when  quite  young  by  the  Coyotero  Apaches, 
and  held  by  them  in  captivity  until  looked  upon  as 
one  of  the  tribe. 


867. 


868. 


869. 


870. 


i 


m 


ATHABASCAS APACHES. 


25 


14 


1.  ESKEL-TA-SALA.   (Frout.) 

2.  ESKEL-TA-SALA.  (Side.) 

3.  Santo.  (Front.) 

4.  Santo.  (Side.) 

5.  Ta-ho.    Equestrian.    (Front.) 

6.  Taho.    Equestrian.     (Side.) 

A  siibcbief  of  his  band. 


coyotero. 

coyotero. 

coyctero. 

coyotero. 
Essaqueta. 
essa-queta. 

Age,  about  50  years; 


height,  5  feet,  11  inches;  circnaiferenco  of  head,  23 
inches;  chest,  45  inches. 

7.  Gray  Eagle.    (Front.)  Essaqueta. 

8.  Gray  Eag'.e.    (Side.)  Essaqueta. 
0.  Capitan.    (Front.)  Essaqueta. 

10.  Capitan.    (Side.)  Essa-queta. 

Age,  about  5G  years;  height,  5  feet  8  inches;  circum- 
ference of  head,  24  inches :  chest,  37  inches. 

11.  Pacer.    (Front.)      ,  Essaqueta. 

12.  Pacer.    (Side.)  Essaqueta. 

Was  the  acknowledged  leader  of  the  Apaches  in  the 
Indian  Territory,  and  at  the  same  time  friendly  to  the 
whites.    He  and  his  squaw  are  now  both  dead. 

13.  Pacer's  squaw.    (Front.)  Essaqueta. 

14.  Pacer's  squaw.    (Side.)  Essaqueta. 

451.   KlE  ZHEH.  JiCARILLA. 

449.  Guachinito.     One  who  Dresses  in  Indian  Clotheg. 

JlCARILLi. 

753,  442.  Guerito.  The  Man  icith  lelloic  Hair.  Jicarilla. 
A  young  chief  of  the  Jicarilla  Apaches,  and  a  son  of 
old  Guero,  their  principal  chief.  This  tribe  is  intermar- 
ried with  the  Utes,  and  has  always  been  on  friendly 
terms  with  them.  Young  Guerito  was  sent  to  Washing- 
ton  in  1873,  joining  the  Ute  delegation,  for  the  purpose 
of  effecting  some  treaty  whereby  these  Apaches  might 
have  set  apart  for  them  a  piece  of  land  of  their  own  to 
cultivate,  as  now  they  roam  on  Ute  land  and  have 
no  home  they  can  call  their  own.  He  is  a  relative  of 
Ouray,  the  great  chief  of  the  Utes,  and  through  the 
hitter's  influence  some  such  arrangement  was  eifected. 
Guerito  is  a  quiet  and  peaceable  young  man,  a  repre- 
sentative of  his  tribe,  who  prefer  farming,  and  shrink 
from  all  wars  against  either  Indians  or  white  men. 


m 


26 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


444.  Son  of  Guerito. 

443,  5,  G,  8.    ^^OUNG  JiRAVES. 

447.  Pah-yeh,  or  Ilosea  Martin.    ' 

18.   80N  OF  ViCENTI. 

125.  Pedro  Scradilicto.    (Front.) 
120.  Pedro  Scradilicto.    (Side.) 
127.  EsoiiA-PA.     The  One-eyed.     (Front.) 
052.  Es-CHA-PA.     The  One-eyed.    (Side.) 

414.  Josli  PocATL  (Front.) 

415.  Jose  Pocatl  (Side.) 

749.  Charlie  Arriwawa.    (Front.) 
7'0.  Charlie  Arriwawa.    (Side.) 
b72-3.  Groups  comprising  all  the  above 
^'os.  853-871. 

2.  NAVAJOS. 


JlCARILLA. 
JlCARILLA. 
JlOARlLLA. 
JlCARILLA. 
COYOTERO. 
COYOTERO. 
COYOTERO. 
CoYOTERO. 

Yuma. 

Yuma. 

Mohave. 

Mohave. 

included  witliiu  the 


A  very  numerous  band  of  the  Ai»ache  Nation  iidiabiting 
the  juountains  and  plateans  of  Arizfona  and  Xew  Mexico,  be- 
tween the  San  Juan  and  Little  Colorado  llivers,  ever  siiu;e  our 
first  knowledge  of  them.  The  Spaniards  early  recognized 
their  relation  to  the  Apaches,  although  the;^  ditl'er  totally  from 
them  in  their  industrious  habits,  being  by  far  the  most  civil- 
ized of  any  tribe  of  Athabascau  descent.  They  h.ivo  evi- 
dently been  quick  to  take  advantage  of  their  contact  with  the 
semicivilizeil  Pueblos  and  Moquis,  and  from  them  nave  ao- 
(piired  many  useful  arts — chiefly  in  learuing  to  spin  and  weave. 
Their  blankets,  woven  in  looms,  are  of  great  excellence,  and 
frequently  bring  from  $25  to  $100.  They  cultivate  the  soil  ex- 
tensively, raising  large  quantities  of  corn,  sqiuishes,  melons, 
&c.  Colonel  Baker,  in  1850,  estimated  theii  farms  at  20,000 
acres,  evidently  too  large  an  estimate,  as  their  agent's  report 
for  1875  plates  the  cultivated  lands  at  only  0,000  acres.  Their 
principal  wealth,  however,  is  in  horses,  slieop,  and  goats,  hav- 
ing acquired  them  at  an  early  day  and  fostered  their  growth, 
80  that  they  now  count  their  horses  by  the  thousand,  and 
their  sheep  bj'  humlreds  of  thousands.  Notwithstanding  the 
excellence  of  their  manulac.tures,  their  lu)uses  are  rude  ail'.iirs, 
called  by  the  Spaniards  jackals,  and  by  themselves  hoyans — 
small  conical  huts  of  poles,  «H)vered  with  branches,  and  in  win- 
tor  with  earth.  Like  the  A|)a('hes,  they  have  made  incessant 
war  on  the  Mexicans,  who  have  made  many  unsuccessful 
attempts  to  subjuga?e  them.  Tiie  expedivions  against  them 
on  tht  pirt  of  thy  United  Stat(^s  by  Doniphan  in  IHKJ,  Wilkes 


i 

■  s 


.'* 


ATHAIJASCAS NAVAJOS. 


27 


in  1847,  Xewbv  in  184S,  and  Wiisbin<;ton  in  18U),  were  practi- 
cally failures.  Colonel  Sumner  established  Fort  Dettance  in 
1851,  but  ivas  forced  to  retreat,  and  all  other  attempts  to  sub- 
due them  were  defeated  until  the  winter  campaijjn  in  1803,  wneu 
Colonel  Carson  compelled  them  to  remove  to  the  Bosque  Re- 
dondOjOn  the  Pecos  River,  where  7,000  were  held  prisoners  by  the 
Government  for  several  years.  In  180S  a  treaty  was  made  with 
them  under  which  they  were  removed  to  Fi)rt  Wingate,  and 
the  following  year  back  to  their  old  home  around  Fort  Defi- 
ance and  the  canon  De  Chelly,  where  a  reservation  of  5,200 
square  miles  was  assigned  them.  The  latest  count  puts  their 
number  at  11,708 — 3,000  of  whom  are  said  to  come  directly 
under  the  civilizing  inlliKMice?,  of  the  agency.  Schools  are  not 
well  established  yet,  but  few  of  their  children  attending^  and 
then  verv  ineguUirly.  Although  they  produce  largely,  yet 
the;;,  are  dependent  upon  the  Government  lor  two-thirds  of 
their  subsistence.  They  dress  well,  chietly  in  materials  of 
their  own  make,  and  covering  the  whole  body. 

List  of  illustrations. 

1027.  Manulito. 

The  great  war-chief  of  the  Navajos.  Has  been  en- 
giiged  in  many  combats,  and  his  breast  shows  the 
scars  of  a  number  of  wounds  received  in  battle  ;  was 
in  command  of  the  Indians  d.uing  their  siege  of  Fort 
Defiance. 

1028.  Juanita. 

The  favorit<i  one  of  five  wives  of  Munulito,  ihe 
chief. 

1021).  MANULI'1'0  Seuundo. 

Son  of  .Manulito  and  Juanita. 

lO.'iO.   (!AVAT ANITA. 

A  biother  o{'  INIaniilito's,  and  ciiptain  of  a  band  of 
warriors. 

1031.  Bakuas  riUKUO.     I/ufht  Ikara. 

Chief  councillor  of  the  tribe,  and  an  earnest  advo- 
cate of  a  settled  i>eace  policy. 

1032.  Cauha  Necika. 

A  captain,  and  a  sub  chief. 


T 


28 


CATALOGUE   OF    INDIAN    PHOTOGRAPHS. 


1033.  Na^rbona  Primeeo. 

A  sub-chief,  noted  as  being  a  consistent  total  absti- 
nence advocate,  and  who  exerts  liimself  to  save  his? 
tribe  from  the  curse  of  intemperance. 

1034.  Carnero  Muciio.    A  captain  of  a  band. 

^  Granada  Mucho.    A  captain  of  a  band. 

1035.  -l  TiENE-su-SE.    Third  war-chief. 

[  Mariana.    Second  war  chief. 

1038.  JuANiTA  ANi>Gov.  4rny.    Showing  Navajo  blanlict  and 
weaving  implements. 

1036  (tRoup  of  the  preceding,  members  of  a  delegation 

to  Washington  in  1874. 

780.  Barban  cito.    Little  Bearil. 
452-5,  Miscellaneous  men  and  boys. 


^/!- 


III.  DAKOTAS. 


A  large  family  of  North  American  Indians,  embracing  the 
Assinaboins  or  Stone  Sioux,  the  Dakotas  proper,  or,  as  they  are 
called  by  the  Algonkins,  Nadowesioux,  from  which  is  derived 
the  word  Sioux ;  Omahas,  Otoes,  Osages,  Poncas,  lowas,  Kan- 
sas, Missourias,  Minatarees,  and  Crows.  Until  quite  recently 
they  occupied  the  larger  portion  of  the  country  bounded  on  the 
east  by  tlie  great  lakes,  on  the  north  by  the  British  Possessions, 
on  the  west  by  the  ]locky  Mountains,  and  on  the  south  by  the 
Platte  Eiver.  According  to  their  traditions  they  came  eastward 
from  the  Pacific,  and  encountered  the  Algonkins  about  the 
headwaters  of  the  Mississippi,  whore  the  mass  of  them  were  held 
in  checiir  One  of  the  tribes  of  this  great  fanuly,  called  by  the 
Chippewas  Winnebagook  (tneu  from  the  fetid  or  salt  water), 
])U8hed  through  their  en»^mies  and  secured  a  foothold  on  the 
shores  of  Lake  INIichigan.  The  (Juapaws,  called  by  their  Al- 
gonkin  foes  the  Alkansas  or  Arkansas,  settled  ou  the  Ohio, 
but  weie  ultimately  driven  down  the  river  by  the  Illinois  to  the 
region  now  bearing  their  name.  A  few  of  the  tribes  retain 
very  nearly  their  original  hunting-grounds ;  the  principal 
migrations  of  those  who  have  moved  having  been  southwest- 
wardly,  from  the  headwaters  of  the  Mississipi)i  to  the  Missouri. 

In  1875  the  Indians  of  this  family  residing  within  the  limits 
of  the  United  States  numbered  luMirly  OS,()lM),  with  about  1,000 


P^ 


DAKOTAS— CROWS. 


29 


¥ 


1^ 


more  within  the  British  Possessions.  If  the  estimates  of  early 
explorers  are  to  be  relied  upon,  they  must  have  lost  heavily  in 
population  within  th6  last  one  hundred  years — intestine  wars, 
the  aggressions  of  the  whites,  and  the  vices  of  civilization  re- 
ducing many  once  powerful  tribes  to  demoralized  remnants  that 
are  fast  fading  out  of  our  knowledge  by  absorption  into  the 
ranks  of  more  powerful  neighbors.  The  majority  of  the  tribes 
of  this  family  are  settled  on  reservations  under  the  direct  care 
and  support  of  the  Government,  and  are  fairly  on  the  road  to 
a  civilized  future.  The  exceptions  are  some  of  the  wild  bauds 
of  the  Sioux,  the  IMinatarees  or  Gros  Ventres,  and  the  Crows. 
At  the  present  writing  most  of  the  lirst-named  are  at  war  with 
the  United  States  forces,  while  the  two  latter  are  friendly. 

1.   CROWS. 

The  Crows,  or,  as  they  call  thems<.'lves,  Abmroka,  meaning 
something  or  anything  that  Hies,  whea  first  knov.n  occupied  the 
Lower  Yellowstone  and  the  valleys  or  the  Big  Horn  and  Tongue 
Rivers,  but  roamed  overmuch  of  the  surrounding  country,  carry- 
ing their  incursions  even  to  the  plains  of  Snake  Kiver  and  to  the 
valley  of  the  Green.  "Were  originally  one  with  the  Minatarees 
or  Gros  Ventres,  but  separated  from  them,  and  were  afterward 
'  driven  from  their  territory  by  the  Ogalallas  and  Cheyennes, 
settling  finally  abont  the  head  of  the  Yellowstone,  dispossessing 
in  their  turn  the  Blackfoet  and  Flatheads.  Are  divided  into 
three  bands,  with  a  dialect  peculiar  to  each,  v;z:  the  Kikatsa 
or  Crows  proper,  the  Ahnahaways,  and  the  Alhikaweah,  num- 
bering in  all,  as  estimated  i"  IS.'iO,  3,'i50  souls.  Obtaining 
horses  at  an  early  daiy,  they  became  great  marauders.  Irving: 
writes  of  them  in  "Aatoriar'  "They  are  in  fact  notorious  ma- 
rauders and  horsestealers,  crossing  and  recrossing  the  moun- 
tains (the  Big  Horn),  robbing  on  one  aide  and  conveying  their 
spoils  to  the  other.  Hence,  we  are  told,  is  derived  llieir  name, 
given  them  on  account  of  their  unsettled  and  predatory  habits, 
winging  their  liight,  like  the  crows,  from  one  side  of  the  monu- 
tains  to  the  other,  and  making  free  booty  of  everything  that  lies 
in  their  way.  In  1851 ,  joined  in  a  treaty  with  the  United  States 
giving  a  right  of  way  for  roads  to  be  built  through  their  coun- 
try. In  18G8  a  treaty  was  made,juni  an  attempt  made  to  place 
all  the  Crows  on  one  reservation,  but  without  success  until  1875. 
They  have  been  mnch  exposed  to  incursions  from  some  parties 
of  Sioux  at  their  new  ag«'ncy  on  the  Kosebud  us  well  as  at  their 


f 


30 


CATALOGUE  OP  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


former  one  on  the  Yellowstone.  "The  Indians,  full  of  war  and 
revenge,  have  no  thought  to  bestow  upon  farming  or  other 
peaceful  employment,  especially  as  the  best  farming  landsjjof 
the  reservation  are  most  exposed  to  these  hostile  incursions. 
Six  families,  however,  have  been  induced  to  tend  small  farms, 
and  have  succeeded  well.  A  mile  and  a  half  of  ditch,  sufficient 
to  irrigate  several  hundred  acres,  has  been  dug,  and  it  is  hoped 
that  another  season  will  see  at  least  a  beginning  made  toward 
the  civilization  of  these  4,000  wild  but  always  loyal  Crows." 

List  of  illustrations. 

940,  Kam-ne-but-se.    Blaclifoot  and  squaw. 

940.  Kam-ne-but-se.    Blaclcfoot. 

The  principal  chief  of  the  Mountain  Crows;  a  splen- 
did specimen  of  manhood,  standing  G  feet  2  inches  in 
heigh.;  oud  of  very  heavy  frame;  owes  his  position  to 
his  bravery  and  success  in  fighting  the  Sioux,  their 
inveterate  enemies.  He  also  ranks  high  as  an  orator 
and  councillor  in  the  nation.  ,The  first  picture,  in  which 
he  is  represented  in  an  elaborate  dress  of  buckskin, 
was^made  while  on  a  visit,  with  a  delegation  of  his 
tribe,  to  Washington,  in  1873;  the  other  represents 
him  as^be  aj)pears  at  his  home  on  the  Yellowstone,  or  , 
in  his  natural  everyday  garb. 

941.  CnE-YK-TE-ru-MATA.    Iron  Bull  and  squaic. 

One  of  the  i)rincipal  chiefs  of  the  Mountain  Crows. 

942.  Se-Ta-pit-se.    Bmr  Wolf  and  squaw.  .     ' 

943.  Perits  iiAitSTS.     Old  Croiv  and  squaiv, 
^  Kam  ne-but  se.    Blaclcfoot. 

944.  -{  Eciiehas-ka.    Long  Horse, 
[Teshunzt.     White  Calf. 

C  Mo  MUKII-PI-T^HE. 

945.  J  Ella-causs-se.     Thin  Belly. 

I  rLSiiKi-il  A-ni  III  KY-isn.    The  One  that  Leads  the  Old  Dog. 

859.  Group  of  Crow  dkleoation  to  Washington  in  1872,  in- 
cluding Agent  l*ease  and  the  interpreters. 

947.  Jn-TEK-US.    He  t^hows  His  Face. 

948.  MiTCiiooASH.     Old  Onion. 

949.  Group  of  chiefs  and  headmen. 


T 


^ 


t 


>  i 


^ 


DAKOTA DAKOTAS    OR    SIOUX. 


31 


950.  Group  of  squaws. 

The  last  four  pictures  were  made  at  the  oUl  agency 
of  the  Crows,  on  the  Yellowstone^  near  Shields  River, 
in  1871.  The  following  were  also  made  at  the  same 
place  aud  time,  and  represent  the  old  mission  build- 
ings (lately  destroyed  by  fire),  in  which  the  agent  had 
his  headquarters;  their  tents  aud  manner  of  living,  aud 
their  mode  of  burial. 

The  Mission,  or  agency  buildings. 

Village  scene,  showing  new  adobe  houses  built  for  the 
Indians. 

Inside  view  of  a  skin  lodge. 

Mode  of  burial. 

2.  dakotas,  or  sioux. 


053. 
1)52. 

951. 
954. 


The  word  Dakota  means  united,  confederated,  or  many  in 
one,  aud  designates  the  tribe  fioiu  which  the  family  takes  its 
name.  They  seldom  or  never  willingly  acknowledge  the  title 
Sioux,  first  given  them  by  the  French,  and  now  by  all  whites. 
There  are  many  theories  as  to  the  origin  of  this  latter  name, 
the  most  acceptable  of  which  is  that  it  is  a  corruption  of  the 
word  Xadouessioux — a  general  Chippewa  designation  for  ene- 
mies—which was  gradually  applied  by  missioiuiries  and  traders, 
through  an  imperfect  understanding  of  the  language,  to  the 
tribes  thus  designated.  Governor  Eamsey,  of  Minnesota, 
thought  tliat  the  word  "  originated  upon  the  Upper  Missouri, 
among  the  early  French  traders,  hunters,  and  trappers,  they 
deriving  it,  in  ail  probability,  from  the  name  of  a  sub-band  of 
the  Ti-t'-wan  (Teton),  Dakotas,  called  Sioune,  who  hunted  over 
the  plains  of  that  river,  and  witli  whom,  consequently,  they  came 
most  frequently  in  contact. 

"  In  Lewis  and  Clark's  travels  in  1803,  they  are  called  the 
Teton  Saone,  and  their  villages  are  located  on  the  Missouri,  near 
Cannon  ball  River. 

*'At  least  we  fiml  the  term  Sioux  first  used  in  the  early  maps 
to  designate  a  h'rge  tiibe,  with  various  subdivisions,  upo'i  the 
Upper  Missoiwi  only." 

Dakota  traditions  go  back  but  a  comparatively  short  time, 
and  are  vague  and  obscure  in  regard  to  their  origin  and  early 
residence,  which  place  it,  however,  in  the  Northwest,  above 
the  great  lakes.    In  their  progress  eastward  they  early  pos- 


wmmm 


32 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


I 


sessed  tbeiuselves  of  the  country  about  the  headwaters  of  the 
Mississippi  and  the  lied  River  of  the  North,  where  they  re- 
mained as  late  as  18G8,  when  they  were  in  part  dispossessed  by 
the  Chippewas,  who  were  eventually  the  cause  of  their  re- 
moval to  the  Missouri. 

Up  to  18G0,  the  Dakotas  were  divided  into  two  principal  divis- 
ions, those  east  of  the  Missouri,  who  were  known  as  the  Min- 
nesota or  Mississippi  Dakotas,  composed  of  four  bauds,  viz : 
The  M'dewakantous,  or  those  of  the  Village  of  the  Spirt  Lake ; 
the  VVape-kutes,  or  Leaf-Shooters ;  the  Wahpe-tous,  or  Vil- 
lage in  the  Leaves;  and  the  Sissetons,  or  those  of  the  Village 
of  the  JMarsh.  Most  of  these  have  been  long  in  contact  with  the 
whites,  and,  having  disposed  of  the  greater  portion  of  their 
lands  to  the  Government,  have  abandoned  most  of  their  old 
habits,  and  devote  themselves  to  farming.  Others  of  them, 
however,  are  restless  and  devoted  to  old  prejudices,  and  cause 
much  trouble  to  the  settlers.  The  massacre  of  the  whites  iu 
]8G2  was  inaugurated  by  the  M'dewakantous,  the  Wahpetons 
and  Sissetons  afterwards  joining  them. 

Along  the  Missouri,  but  living  mostly  on  its  eastern  side, 
were  the  Shanktonwaus  (Yanktons),  or  the  People  of  Village 
at  the  End,  inhabiting  originally  the  Sioux,  Desmoines,  and 
Jacques  Rivers,  and  living  now  principally  about  the  mouth  of 
the  Vermillion. 

The  Yanktonais,  a  diminutive  of  the  preceding  name,  and 
meaning  the  lesser  or  the  little  people  of  the  End  Village. 
Jjewis  and  Clark  described  them  as  the  Yanktons  of  the  Plains, 
or  Big  Uevils,  who  were  on  the  heads  of  the  Sioux,  Jacques, 
and  Red  Rivers.  Their  present  range  is  on  the  Missouri,  abov^e 
tlie  Yanktons.  From  one  biancli  of  this  band  the  Assiniboinea 
are  said  to  have  sprung, 

Pab(')ksa,  or  Cutheads,  a  branch  of  the  Yanktons,  and  ranging 
above  them. 

The  I-san-teis,  or  Santees,  another  sub-band  of  the  Yanktons, 
living  originally  in  IVIinnesota  and  Iowa,  but  since  lately  on  the 
Missouri,  near  the  Yanktons. 

Went  of  the  Missouri,  occupying  the  greater  portion  of  Da- 
kota, Wyoming,  and  portions  of  Montana  and  Nebraska,  the 
general  name  of  Tetons,  or  Teton  wans  ("  Village  of  tlie  Prairie") 
has  been  given  to  the  seven  principal  bands  of  the  Dakotas  in- 
habiting that  region.  Lewis  and  Olark  placed  them  on  their 
map  in  only  two  principal  ilivisions,  viz :  as  tlie  "  Tetans  of  the 


i 


; » 


\ 


DAKOTA DAKOTAS    OR    SIOUX.  3S 

Burnt  Woods"  (Bruits),  and  the  "Tetans  Saone,"  from  which 
some  suppose  the  word  Sioux  has  been  derived  for  the  whole 
Dakota  nation.  The  seven  subdivisions  as  now  recognized  are 
the— 

1.  i^lha  sapas  or  Blaclc/eef,  on  the  Missouri  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  the  Cannonball  Kiver, 

2.  The  SichanJcoo  or  Burnt  Thighs,  (Brulos,)  ranging  on  the 
j5?iobrara  and  White  Rivers,  from  the  Platte  to  the  Cheyenne. 

3.  Oncpapas,  or  "those  who  camp  by  themselves,"  who  roam 
over  the  country  between  the  Cheyenne  and  Yellowstone  Rivers. 

4.  Minnehovjous,  "those  who  plant  by  the  water,"  south  of 
the  Black  Hills. 

5.  lid  zip  cho,  or  Sans  Arcs,  "without  bows,'*  aflQliating  with 
the  Oncpapas  and  Blackfeet,  and  ranging  over  much  the  same 
country. 

C.  Ogalallas,  occupy  the  country  between  Fort  Laramie  and 
tlie  Platte,  although  they  are  now  confined  to  a  reservation  in 
the  northwestern  corner  of  Nebraska.  Have  the  reputation  of 
being  the  most  friendly  disposed  toward  the  whites  of  all  the 
Titonwans.  Red  Cloud,  so  well  known  as  an  Indian  diplomat, 
is  chief  of  this  band. 

7.  Ohenompas,  or  Two  Kettles.  Live  principally  about 
Fort  Pierre;  against  whom  it  is  said  very  few  complaints  have 
ever  been  made,  they  having  '  ways  observed  faithfully  the  stip- 
ulations of  their  treaties  with  the  United  States. 

In  the  Report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs  for  1875, 
there  are  twenty-one  sub-bands  of  Dakotas  enumerated,  num- 
bering, in  the  aggregate,  53,044.  Of  these,  there  are  fourteen 
represented  by  portraits  of  their  leading  men,  viz  : 

Blackfeet,  iiuuiberiug  at  the  preseufc  time  about l,7r>0 

Hnilds,  imiiiboriiij^  at  thi'  prcminfr  timo  abont 8,  AiO 

Out  Meads,  imnibcriiig  at  tlm  pnwMit  tiiuo  about :iJ0O 

MdewakautoJi,  iiuiiibeiii>K  at  the  preaont  tune  about 

Ogiiliillas,  iiuinberiuj;  at  the  present  I  inie  about 9, 130 

Oncpapas 2,100 

Sans  Arc 1, 77rt 

Hantee -lOO 

8isHt  ton 503 

iSautee  and  .Sisseton  at  Fort  Peck 1,000 

Two  Kettles 2,261 

VVabpeton 1,300 

Yanklons 2,500 

YanktonaJH,  Upper  and  Lower 8, 129 

3 


\.' 


34 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PH010GKAPH8. 


"The  Sioux  are  included  under  twelve  agencies,  nine  in  Da- 
kota, two  in  Montana,  and  one  in  Nebraska,  at  all  of  which, 
except  at  Fort  Belknap,  a  beginning  in  Indian  farming  has 
been  made  in  spite  of  all  discouragements  by  reason  of  unsuit- 
able location  and  the  demoralizing  influence  of  •  the  hostiles."^ 

The  Ogalallas  at  Red  Cloud  agency,  who  have  almost  entirely 
abandoned  the  chase  on  account  of  scarcity  of  game,  depend 
almost  entirely  upon  the  Government  for  their  support.  Their 
small  beginnings  in  cultivating  the  soil  came  to  naught  through 
the  grasshoppers.  The  Brules  at  Spotted  Tail  agency  have  a 
thriving  school  with  75  pu-yils,  and  cultivated  some  lauds.  At 
the  Upper  Missouri  agencies  but  little  has  beeu  done  bejond 
feeding  the  Indians  who  report  to  them  for  that  purpose,  their 
attempts  at  farming  resulting  iti  failures  ou  account  of  the 
grasshopper  ])est.  The  Yanktons,  Saiitees,  Sissetons,  Wahpe- 
tons,  and  other  Sioux  on  the  Lower  Missouri  and  in  Eastern 
Dakota  have  made  more  substantial  progress  in  civilization, 
many  of  them  having  permanently  discarded  their  Indian  hab- 
its and  dress,  and  live  in  houses,  and  are  nearly  self-support- 
ing. The  Sautees  in  Nebraska  especially  have  entirely  re- 
nounced their  old  form  of  life ;  have  churches  and  sabbath- 
schools,  which  are  regularly  attended.  They  have  a  monthly 
paper,  printed  in  their  native  language,  with  an  edition  of 

1,200  copies. 

List  of  illustrations. 

252.  Peji'.     Gtass.     (Front.)  Blackfeet. 

253.  Pe-ji'.     Grass.    (Profile.)  Blackfeet. 

254.  Peji'.    Grass.    (Full-length.)  Blackfeet. 

255.  Kan-gi'-i-yo'-tan-ka.  Sitting  Crow.  (Front.)  Blackfeet. 
25G.  Kan-gi'-i-yo'-tan-ka.  Sitting  Crow.  (Profile.)  Blackfeet. 

257.  Ma'-ya-wa-na-pe-ya.   Iron  Scare.   (Front.)   Blackfeet. 

258.  Ma'-ya-wana-pe  YA.    Tron  Scare.  (Profile.)  Blackfeet. 

259.  Wi'-YA-KA-siiA.    lied  Plume.    (Copy.)  Blackfeet. 
920.  Ma  GA'-SHA-PA.     Goose.    (Copy.)  Blackfeet. 

With  the  exception  of  the  last  two  numbers  the  above  rep- 
resent a  portion  of  a  delegation  of  prominent  Sioux  chiefs  and 
warriors  who  visited  Washington  in  1872.  The  portraits  were 
made  in  Washington,  and  represent  them  in  their  best  attire. 

330.  Cin-tegi-le  ska.    Spotted  Tail.    (Front.)  BiiUL^. 


i 


.. 


DAKOTA — BRULE. 


35 


« 


337.  CiN-TE-Gi-LE-SKA.    Spotted  Tail.    (Profile.)  Bbul6. 

Spotted  Tail  has  long  been  the  chief  of  the  Brule 
Sioux,  and  since  his  conversion  from  an  intense  hostil- 
ity to  an  unswerving  friendship  for  the  white  people 
has  by  them  been  looked  upon  and  considered  as  the 
great  chief  of  all  the  Sioux.  The  honors  of  this  position 
are  equally  divided  between  lied  Cloud  and  Spotted 
l^ail;  each  is  chief  of  his  band  only,  the  Indians  them- 
selves not  recognizing  any  one  man  as  chief  of  the 
whole  nation  ;  but  their  great  executive  abilities,  ora- 
torical powers,  and  popularity  with  both  whites  and 
Indians,  have  been  the  means  of  putting  them  forward 
as  the  champions  of  their  people. 

In  'jis  younger  days  Spotted  Tail  was  a  daiiug  and 
audacious  chief,  murdering  and  massacreing  wherever 
he  went.  In  1854,  he  and  his  baud  attacked  a  coach, 
murdered  all  the  passengers,  and  perpetrated  horrible 
enormities  on  the  dead.  He  was  eventually  captured, 
and  imprisoned  for  about  six  months  in  the  guard- 
house at  Fort  Leavenworth,  during  which  time  his 
feelings  underwent  a  great  change.  Instead  of  a 
determined  foe  of  the  palefaces,  he  became  their 
earnest  friend  and  coadjutor  in  the  work  of  pacifica- 
tion. It  has  beeif  well  said  of  him  that  "  he  is  worth 
more  to  the  Government  than  a  dozen  major-generals, 
with  their  armies  to  back  them." 

The  following  extract  from  a  speec-h  by  Spotted 
Tail,  before  a  board  of  Indiau  Commissioners  at  Fort 
Laramie  in  18G7,  will  be  read  with  interest  as  showing 
his  ability  as  an  orator :  "  My  father  and  friends,  your 
Great  Father  has  sent  you  here  to  learn  what  was  going 
on.  You  have  come.  Your  Great  Father  has  sent  you 
to  listen.  Will  you  listen  well,  or  only  listen  to  half 
that  is  good  and  to  half  that  is  bad,  and  not  take  the 
whole  to  our  Great  Father  ?  He  has  sent  you  here  to 
hear  and  talk.  We  know  you  have  not  come  with  pres- 
ents, but  you  may  have  a  little  money  in  your  pockets 
that  you  could  give  them.  They  are  poor  and  need 
help.  These  meu  here,  and  the  old  men,  women,  and 
children,  have  not  had  much  tO  eat  since  they  have 
been  here,  and  if  you  could  give  them  something  it 


* 


36       CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 

would  make  my  heart  glad.  Yesterday  my  friends  bit 
me  a  good  deal ;  but  it  does  not  matter.  I  have 
spoken." 

Spotted  Tail  is  ofa  large,  commanding  figure,  and  his 
face  generally  wears  a  pleasant,  smiling  expression.  It 
is  a  difficult  matter  to  arrive  at  the  exact  age  of  any 
ludian,  and  in  this  case  it  is  uncertain,  but  is  probably 
about  45  years.  He  has  been  to  Washington  four  times, 
each  time  as  a  delegate  representing  the  Sioux  nation. 

338.  Spotted  Tail  and  squaw.  Brul^. 

339.  Squaw  of  Spotted  Tail.    (Front.)  Bruli^.. 

340.  Squaw  of  Spotted  Tail.    (Profile.)  Brule. 

341.  I-APiOTAH.     Oassy,    (Front.)  BrulK. 

342.  I-APi-OTAH.     Gassy.    (Profile.)  Brul6. 

343.  I-TE'-SAN-YAN.     Whiteuash  his  Face.    (Front.)      Brul6. 

344.  l-TE'-SAN-YAN.     Whitewash  his  Face.    (Profile.)      Brul6. 

345.  Che-tan'-ta-kpi'.    Charge  on  the  HaicJc.  (Front.)  BRULli. 

346.  CnE-TAN'-TA"-KPi'.    Charge  on  the  HaicJc.  (Profile.)  Brul6. 

347.  NoM-PA-AP'A.     Two  Strikes.    (Front.)  Brul:6. 

348.  NoMPA-AP'A.     Two  Strikes.    (Profile.)  Brul]6. 

349.  Squaw  of  Two  Strikes.    (Front.)  Bruli^. 

350.  Squaw  of  Two  Strikes.    (Profile.)  Brul]^. 

351.  Kan-gi'sha'-pa.    BlacTc  Croic.    (Front.)  Brul6. 

352.  Kan  gi'-sha'-pa.    Black  Crow.    (Profile.)  BRULifi. 

353.  FIe-gma-wa-kuwa.     One  icho  Runs  the  Tiger.  (Front.) 

BrulIi;. 

354.  EIe  g:mA-wa-ku-wa.     One  tcho  Runs  the  Tiger.  (Profile.) 

Bruli5. 

355.  Wanmble'-shda.    Bald  Eagle.    (Front.)  Brule. 
35G.  Wanmble'-shda.    Bald  Eagle.    (Profile.)  Brul:^.. 

357.  Che-cha'-lu.     Thigh.    (Front.)  Brul:6. 

358.  CiiE-CHA'-LU.    Thigh.    (Profile.)  Brule. 

359.  Squaw  OF  TniGH.    (Front.)  Brul:6. 

360.  Squaw  of  Thigh.    (Profile.)  BrulIi. 

361.  Ta-tan'-ka-sha'-pa.    Black  Bull.  (Front.)            Brule. 

362.  Ta-tan'-ka-sha'-pa.    Black  Bull.  (Profile.)          Brul6. 

363.  CHo-Ni'-CHA-WAiNUCHA..,iS'o^/c«/t.    (Front.)        BruliS. 


C'HO-Nl'-CHA-WAfN  V-  CJIA.  ..^oj 

"  '>'    •  '.:•„: '    • 
*.::..; 


•  •  i  •  • 

C       t      1  t 

•   •  t  t        • 

«...      .'.■  , 


'.  .♦. 


•      •      • 


•.-...  •.•..;  .-.. 


Ih 


\ 


DAKOTA CUr-lIEAD. 


37 


Jb 


3G4. 
365. 
306. 
367. 
368. 
369. 
370. 
371. 
372. 
373. 
374. 
375. 
376. 
377. 
378. 
379. 
380. 


Brul6. 

BruliS. 
(Profile.)  Brul:^. 

(Full  length.)    Brul]6. 


(Front.) 
(Profile.) 


CflONi'-CHA-WA-Ni'-cnA.    Xo  Flesh.    (Profile.) 
Ma'-za-pon-kis'-ka.    Iron  Shell.    (Front.) 
Ma'-za.-pon-kis'-ka.    Iron  Shell 
Ma'-za-pon-kis'-ka.    Iron  Shell 
Ma-to'-shi'-cha.     Wicked  Bear. 
MA-TO'-SHi'nHA.      Wicked  Bear. 
Pa'-hui  zi-zi.     Yelloic  Hairs.    (Front.) 
Pa'-hui  zi-zi.     Yelloio  Hairs.    (Profile.) 
White  Eyes.    (Front.) 
White  Eyes.    (Profile.) 
Sioift  Bear.    (Front.) 
Swift  Bear.    (Profile.) 

White  Thunder.    (Front.) 
White  Thunder.    (Profile.) 


I-SHTA'-SKA. 
I-SnXA'-SKA. 

Ma-to'-dusa. 
Ma-to'-dusa. 

WAKIN'-YAN  SKA. 

Wa-kin'-yanska. 


Brul:6. 
Brul6. 
Brul6. 
Brul6. 
Brul:6. 
Brul:6. 

BRUL]&. 

Bruli^. 
Brul:6. 

BRULil. 

Brule. 
Brul:^. 
Brul:6. 


282. 
283. 
284. 

285. 

286. 
287. 
288. 
289. 

290. 
291. 
292. 

293. 


Ma'-zu-o-ya'-te.    Iron  Nation.    (Front.) 

Ma'-zu-o-ya'-te.    Iron  Nation.    (Profile.) 

Ma'-zu-o-ya'te.    Iron  Nation.    (Full  length.) 

All  of  the  above,  under  the  famous  chief  Spotted 
Tail,  were  members  of  a  delegation  who  visited  Wash- 
ington in  1872,  and  were  photographed  while  there. 

Ma  to'-wa-kan'.    Medicine  Bear.    (Front.)     Cut  Heap 

Ma-to'-wa-kan'.    Medicine  Bear.    (Profile.)    Cut  Head. 

Ma-to'-ko  Ki'-PA.    Afraid  of  the  Bear.    (Front.) 

Cut  Head. 

Ma-to'-ko-ki'-pa.    Afraid  of  the  Bear.    (Profile.) 

Cut  Head. 

Ma-to'-po'-ziie.    Bear's  Nose.    (Front.)  Cut  Head. 

Ma-to'-po'-zhe.    Bear's  Nose.    (Profile.)  Cut  Head. 

Chan-te'-ha.    Skin  of  the  Heart.    ^Front.)  Cut  Head. 

Chan-te'-ua.    Skin  of  the  Heart.    (Profile.)  Cut  Head. 

Pi'-Pi-SHA.    Red  Lodge.    (Front.)  Cut  Head. 

Pi'-PISHA.    Red  Lodge.    (Profile.)  Cut  Head. 

Wi-oha-wanmble'.    Man  icho  packs  the  Eagle.    (Front.) 

Cut  Head. 

Wi  CHAWANMBLE'.     Manicho  packs  the  Eagle.    (Profile.) 

Cut  Head. 


! 


■I  t 


! 


38 


CATALOtiUE    OF    INDIAN    PHOTOGRAPHS. 


294.  Squaw  of  thk  Man  who  packs  the  Eagle.    (Front.) 

Cut  Head. 

295.  Squaw  of  the  Man  who  packs  the  Eagle.     (Profile.) 

Cut  Head. 

197-8.  Che-tan '- WA-KU-TE- A  MA'-Ni.      The  ffawk  that  hunts 
Walking.  Mdewakanton. 

Generally  known  as  Little  Crow.  Leader  of  the 
hostile  bands  in  the  Sioux  massacre  of  the  whites  in 
Minnesota  in  1862.  He  had  not  only  visited  Wash- 
ington, and  was  supposed  to  be  friendly  to  the  whites, 
but  had  promised  to  have  his  hair  cut  and  become  civ- 
ilized ;  and  at  the  time  of  the  massacre  the  Govern- 
ment was  engaged  in  building  him  a  house.  Upon 
the  defeat  of  the  Indians,  Little  Crow  escaped  into 
the  British  Territory,  where  he  was  killed  the  follow- 
ing year. 

199.  Medicine  Bottle,    ^ouoi  Little  Crow.    Mdewakanton. 


200,  Sha  KPE.    Six. 


Mdewakanton. 


1'he  massacre  spoken  of  in  connection  with  ]Sc 
was  inaugurated  by  Sha-kpc  and  his  bandj  some  o.  ^.a 
young  men  killed  some  white  men  while  intoxicated, 
and  then,  through  fear  of  retaliation,  resolved  upon  an 
uprising  and  the  extermination  of  all  the  whites  at  the 
agency.  Shakpe's  band  was  re- enforced  by  the  prin- 
cipal warriors  from  the  Mdewakanton  and  Wahpeton 
bands.  Little  Crow  taking  the  leadership.  Before  they 
were  subdued,  044  men,  women,  and  children  were 
massacred,  and  03  soldiers  killed  in  battle. 

296.  Ma  HPi'-YA-LU'-TA.    Bed  Cloud.    (Front.)        Ogalalla. 

297.  Ma-hpi'-ya-lu'-ta.    Bed  Cloud.    (Profile.)      Ogalalla. 

Eed  Cloud,  who  with  Spotted  Tail  stands  pre-emi- 
nently forward  as  the  exponents  of  the  peace-policy,  is 
the  great  chief  of  the  Ogalalla  Sioux,  and  generally 
recognized  by  the  military  and  civil  authorities  as  the 
head  chief  of  all  the  Sioux.  Before  he  buried  the 
tomahawk.  Red  Cloud  was  undoubtedly  the  most 
celebrated  warrior  of  all  the  Indians  now  living  on  the 
American  continent.  He  had  over  10,000  people  in  his 
camps,  and  could  [)ut  in  the  fteld  .'3,000  warriors.    When 


DAKOTA OGALALLAS. 


39 


ih 


he  Lftarched  against  the  settlements  he  always  went  iQ 
force.  He  takes  bis  name  from  the  number  ot  his  war- 
riors, and  their  red  blankets  and  paints;  it  was  said 
that  his  soldiers  covered  the  hills  like  a  red  cloud. 

He  is  now  about  45  years  of  age,  six  feet  in  height, 
and  straight  as  an  arrow ;  his  face,  which  is  of  a  dark 
red,  is  indicative  of  indomitable  courage  and  firmness, 
and  his^full,  piercing  eyes  seem  to  take  in  at  a  glance 
the  character  of  friend  or  toe. 

lied  Uloud  has  probably  participated  in  more  con- 
ventions, treaties,  and  large  assemblies  of  his  own  and 
the  white  people,  in  which  the  greatest  interests  were 
involved,  than  any  other  living  Indian.  "A  man  of 
brains,  a  good  ruler,  an  eloquent  speaker,  an  able  gen- 
eral, and  a  fair  diplomat,  the  friendship  of  Red  Cloud 
is  of  more  importance  than  that  of  all  the  other  chiefs 
combined."  While  Spotted  Tail  has  a  lively  vein  of 
humor  in  his  character,  and  loves  to  indulge  in  a  little 
joke,  lied  Cloud  is  all  dignity  and  seriousness. 

The  foUovN  ,g,  clipped  from  the  report  of  the  pro- 
ceedings of  the  Board  of  liuliau  Commissioners  at 
Ji'ort  Laramie,  in  1870,  is  indicative  of  his  earnest  and 
impressive  manner : 

"lied  Cloud  then  arose,  and  walking  toward  the  out- 
side group,  raised  his  hands  toward  the  skies,  and  then 
touched  the  ground.  Then  all  the  Indians  rose  to  their 
feet,  as  with  uplifted  hands  Ked  Cloud  uttered  the  fol- 
lowing prayer: 

"THE  TRAYER   OP   RED   CLOUD. 

"  O  Great  Spirit,  I  pray  you  to  look  at  us.  We  are 
your  children,  and  you  placed  us  first  in  this  laud.  We 
pray  you  to  look  down  on  us,  so  nothing  but  the  truth 
will  be  spoken  in  this  council.  We  don't  ask  for  any- 
thing but  what  is  right  and  just.  When  you  made 
your  red  children,  O  Great  Spirit,  you  made  them  to 
have  mercy  upon  them.  Now,  we  are  before  you  today, 
praying  you  to  look  down  on  us,  and  take  pity  on  your 
l)oor  red  children.  We  pray  you  to  have  nothing  but 
the  truth  spoken  here.  We  hope  these  things  will  be 
settled  up  right.  You  are  the  Protector  of  the  people 
who  use  the  bow  and  arrow,  as  well  as  of  the  people 


40 


CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN    PIIOTOOKAPHS. 


who  wear  bats  and  garments,  and  I  hope  we  don't  pray 
in  vain.  We  are  poor  ruid  ignorant.  Onr  forefathers 
told  us  we  would  uot  be  in  misery  if  we  asked  yon  for 
assistance.  O  Great  Spirit,  look  down  on  your  children 
and  take  pity  on  them.' " 

298.  Eed  Cloud  and  Mr.  Blackmore.  Ogalalt.a. 

299.  SnuN'-KA-LU'-TA.    Red  Dog,    (Front.)  Ogalalla. 

300.  Shun'-ka-lu'-ta.    Red  Dog.    (Profile.)  Ogalalla. 

301.  SnuN-To'-EE-cnA-isn-NA-NA.    Lone  Wolf.    (Front.) 

Ogalalla. 

302.  Shun-to'-ke  CUAISH nana.    Lone  Wolf.    (Profile.) 

Ogalalla. 

303.  Wa-HU'-WA-pa.     Ear  of  Corn.     (Squaw  of    Lone  Wolf. 

Front.)  Ogalalla. 

304.  Wa-HU'-WA-pa.      Uar  of  Corn.      (Squaw  of  Lone  WoU. 

Profile.)  Ogalalla. 

305.  Si  ha'-tan'-ka.  Big  Foot.    (Frot»t.)  Ogalalla. 

306.  Si-ha'-tan'-ka.  Big  Foot.    (Profile.)  Ogalalla. 

307.  Che'  TAN-SKA.  White  HnwJc.    (Front.)  Ogalalla. 

308.  Che'-tan-ska.  White  Hawk.    (Profile.)  Ogalalla. 

309.  Wanmb'le-ko-ki'-pa.    Afraid  of  the  Eagle.    (Front.) 

Ogalalla. 

310.  Wanmb'le-koki' PA.    Afraidof  the  Eagle.    (Profile.) 

Ogalalla. 


Ogalalla. 


311.  Shun'-ka-wa-kan-to.    Blue  Horse.     (Front.) 

312.  Shun'-ka-wakan'I"'.    Blue  Horne.    (Profile.) 

Ogalalla. 

313.  Wa-cha-pa.    Stahber.    (Front.)  Ogalalla. 

314.  Wa-cha-pa.    Stahber.    (Profile.)  Ogalalla. 

315.  I-te'-siia'-pa.    Dirty  Face.    (Front.)  Ogalalla. 

316.  I-te'sha'-pa.    Dirty  Face.    (Profile.)  Ogalalla. 

317.  Ta-t'an'-fa-was-te'.     Good  Bufj'alo.    (Front.) 

Ogalalla. 

318.  Ta  TAN'-KA-WAS  TE'.     Good  Buffalo.    (Profile.) 

Ogalalla. 

310.  He-ha'-ka  TA'.MA  ka.  Foor  Elk.    (Front.)  Ogalalla. 


% 


wm 


m 


DAKOTA — ONCPAPAS. 


41 


I 


320. 
321. 


324. 

325. 
320. 
327. 
328. 
32D. 

330. 

331. 

332. 
333. 

334. 

874. 
875. 

870. 
877. 
878. 
879. 
880. 
881. 
882. 
8S3. 
200. 
201. 
202. 


He-ua'-ka-ta'-ma-ka.     Poor  Elk.    (Profile.)    Ogalalla. 

He-ha'-kano'mpa.     Tivo  Elks.    (Front.)        Ogalalla. 

He-ha'-ka-no'm-pa.    Two  Elks.    (Profile.)      Ogalalla. 

SnuN-TO'-KE-cnA-iSH-nAN-SKA.    Higli  Wolf.    (Front.) 

Ogalalla. 

Shun  To'-KE-CHA-isii-^AN-SKA.    lUuk  Wolf.    ^Profile.) 

Ogalalla. 


SnuN'-KAA  MA'-NA.     Coyote.    (Front.)  Ogalalla. 

Shun'-ka-a-ma'-na.    Coyote.    (Profile.)  '  Ogalalla. 

Chau-te'-su-ta'.    Jlard  Heart.    (Front.)  Ogalalla. 

CiTAU-TE'-su-TA'.    Hard  Heart.    (Profile.)  Ogalalla. 

Ta-tan'-kaiiun'-ke  snl    Slow  Bull.    (Front.) 

Ogalalla. 

Ta-tan'-ka-iiun'-kbsni.    Sloic  Bull.    (Profile.) 

Ogalalla. 

llE-iiA'KA-iiE-WAis'  ziiT.     One  Honicfl  Elk.    (Copy.) 

Ogalalla. 

Ciiu-Tu'-nu-TAN'-KA.    Big  Rib.    (Copy.)         Ogalalla. 

Wanmble'-kiohi-zu  PL     War  Eagle.    (Copy.) 

Ogalalla. 

Tashun'-ka-ko-ki  pa.     Old  Man  Afraid  of  his  Horses  and 

his  Chiefs.  Ogalalla. 

Cha-sa-tonga.    Little  Big  Man.  Ogalalla. 

Ta-shun'-ka  KO-Ki'PA.     Young  Man  Afraid  of  his  Horses. 

Ogalalla. 

Ogalalla. 

Ogalalla. 

Ogalalla. 

Ogalalla. 

Ogalalla. 

Ogalalla. 


Wasiu-ta  TONGA.    American  Horse. 

Ta-oop-cue  ka.    Little  Wovnd. 

SnuNKALALOKA.    He  Dog. 

Mato'-zi.     Yelloic  Bear. 

Mato'-yu-mnl     Three  Bears. 

Ma-wa-ka-yu-NA.    Sword. 

\Vm.  Garnet,  Interpreter. 

Group  of  the  preceding  eij^'.it  nunil»<M!S. 

Ma-to'-otiu-tu'-iiu.    Beards  Rib.    (Front.) 

Ma-to'-dhu-tu'-iiu.    Beards  Rib.    (Profile.) 

Tato'ka-in'-yan-KA.    Running  Antelope. 


Oncipapa. 

Oncpapa. 

(Front.) 
Oncpapa* 


!  ■ 


*;  i 


!1 


ii  111 


!  "•■ 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


42 

263.  Ta -TO'KA-iN'-YiN  KA.    Running  Antelope. 


(Profile.) 
Oncpapa. 


264. 
265. 
266. 
267. 

263. 
269. 

797. 

798. 

799. 

800. 

801. 

802. 

803. 

804. 

194-1 

201-; 

203, 

204. 

205. 

200. 

207. 

208. 

210. 
211. 
212. 
213. 
214. 
215. 
249. 
250. 
;{81. 


He-ma'-za.    Iron  Horn.    (F-ont.)  Oncpapa. 

Hema'za.    Iron  Horn.    (Profile.)  Oncpapa. 

Waku'-ta-ama'-ni.  Walking  Shooter.  (Front.)  Oncpapa. 
Wa  KU'-TA-A-MA'-Ni.     Walking  Shooter.  (Profile.) 

Oncpapa. 
Wa-kin'-yan-chi' TAN.    Thunder  Hawk.    (Front.) 

Oncpapa. 
Wa-kin'-yanchi'-tan.     Thunder  Hawk.    (Profile.) 

Oncpapa. 
Wi-ciiA'-i-WE.    Bloody  Mouih.    (Front.)  Oncpapa. 

Wi-CHA'-i-WE.    Bloody  Mouth.    (Profile.)  Oncpapa. 

Wa-kan-ta-i-shni,  Lost  Medicine.  (Front.)  Oncpapa. 
Wakanta-i-siini.    Lost  Medicine.    (Profile.     Oncpapa. 


He  SHA'-PA.    Black  Horn.    (Front.)  Oncpapa. 

HE-snA'PA.    Black  Horn.    (Profile.)  Oncpapa. 

P'sa.    Bull  Ettshcs.    (Front.)  Oncpapa. 

T'SA,    Bull  Rushes.   (Profile.)  Oncpapa. 

6.  CHE-TAN-zni.    Yellow  Hawk.  Sans  Arc. 

2.  Wa-ku'-TA.     The  Shooter.  Santee. 

209.  Wa'-pa-ha-siia.    Red  Ensign.  Santkie. 

Wa  kan'-hdisiia'pa.    Black  Lightning.  Santee. 

O'-WAN-CHA-DU'-TA.    Scarlet  all  Over.  Santee. 

Ciio'-TAN-KASHKA'-TA.    Flute-Player.  Santee. 

A-Ki'-CHi-TA-NA  ziN.    Standing  Soldier.  Santee. 

Wan  M'Di  TA-PA'-  i-MA'-N£.     Walks  following  I  he  Eagle. 

Santee. 
Ta'  siiiTN-KA-WA-KAN'-wi  ciiA.  His  Man  Horse.  Santee. 
MA-HP'r-YA-i-nuA-N.  Coming  among  the  Clouds.  Santee. 
Zi-TKA'-DA-TO.    Bluebird,  Santee. 

MA-iiPi'YA  NA'  ZIN.     Standing  Cloud.  Santer. 

IIan-ya'ta-dc'-tlt.    Scarlet  Night.  Santee. 

TIu-siiAsiiA.    Red  Legs.  Santee. 

Pe-iiui-uza-tanka.    Circat  Scalper.  Santee. 

Ta-tan'ka-na'-zin.    Standing  liufalo.  Santee. 

Wa-IvAN'-da.    Medicine.  Santee. 


s 

1 


$\ 


DAKOTA YANKTONS. 


43 


Santee. 
Santee. 
Santee. 
Santee. 

SiSaETON. 


218.  Young  Brave. 

251.  Old  Betts.    (Squaw.) 

21G.  Seraphine  Renville.    (Interpreter.) 

382-4.  Groups  with  Kev.  Mr.  Hiuraaa. 

192.  He-pte'-che'-chi-ka-la.     Little  Short  Horn. 

187-190.  Ma wa'-tan'-na-han'ska.    Long  Mandan. 

Two  Kettle. 

191.  SuK  TAN'-KA-GE  LB  SKA.    Spotted  Horse.     Two  Kettle. 

193.  Au-pe'-to'  KE  CHA.  OtlicY  Bay.  Wahpeton. 
217-239.  Pa-da'-ni-a-pa'-a-pa'.  Strudc  by  the  Ree.  Yankton. 
218,219.  Psi-CHA  wa-kinyan.    Jumping  Thunder.    Yankton. 

220,  900-7.  Si-HA'  IIAN'-SKA.  Long  Foot.  Y^ANKTON. 
222-4.  Pte  w^AKAN'.    Medicine  Coic.  Y^ankton. 

221.  Ma  GA'- SKA.  White  Swan.  Yankton. 
225-8.  Wa  hu'-ke  zi-NOM'-PA.  Two  Lance.  Yankton. 
725.  Light  Foot.  Yankton. 
229.  Wi'-YAKA-NO  GE.  Feather  in  the  Ear.  Yankton. 
230-1.  ZiN-TKA'cni-STiN.  Little  Bird.  Yankton. 
232-3.  Wanm'di-siia'-pa.    BlacTc  Eagle.  Yankton. 

234.  Ma  to'-iwan-ka'.    Bear  Lying  Down.  Y'ankton. 

235.  Ta-tan  KAiN'-YAN-KA.  Running  Bnll.  Y'ankton. 
23C.  IlEHA'-KAA  ma'-na.     Walldng  Elk.  Yankton. 

237.  IlE-nA'-KA-ANA'-ziN.     Standing  Elk.  Y'^ankton. 

238.  Ma  TO'  SA-ni-rnA.  Smtdty  Bear.  Yankton. 
240-1.  Smutty  Bear  and  Stuuok  by  the  Ree.     Y'ankton. 

890.  ZiNTKASHA'-PA-MA'ZA.    Iron  Black  Bird.  Y'ankton. 

891.  CiioN-NOM'-PA-KiN-YAN.    Flying  Ripe.  Y'ankton. 

892.  Wa-kin  yan-ouin-stin.    Little  Thunder.  Yankton. 

893.  Ta-tan'-kawa  KAN'.  Sacred  Bull.  Yankton. 
804.  ZiN  TKA'-KIN-YAN.  Flying  Bird.  Yankton. 
890.  To  ki'-ya-kte.  He  Killn  Fimt.  Yankton. 
897.  Na-(U'-wakan'.  Sacred  Ohost.  Y^ANKTON. 
898-9.  Mato'iio-tan'-ka.  Bear  with  Big  Voice.  Yankton. 
000.  In'-yan-was-tk',    Pretty  Rock.  Yankton. 

901.  To'KAYA-YL'-ZA.   Onc  wko  Catch     'he  Enemy.   Yankton. 

902.  KuwA'soniNA  NiA  NT.   One  wkoWalkn  Home.  Yankton. 


^^m 


44 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


P 


i  i 


:  « 


903.  Ma-to'-i-wan-ka'-a-:.ia'-ni.    Bear  that  Walls  Lying  Down, 

Yankton. 

904-5.  Ma-to'-WA-YU-mni.     The  Bear  that  Turns  Around. 

Yankton. 

908.  Ta-tan'ka-wa'-kan.    Medicine  Bull.  Yankto^t. 

276.  Ta-tan'-kawa-na'-gi.    BuWs  Ghost.    (Frout,) 

Lower  Yanktonais. 

277.  Tatan'-ka-wa-na'-gi.    BuIVs  Ghost.    (Profile.) 

LoAVER  Yanktonais. 

278.  Ma-to'-wi-tkotko.    Foolish  Bear.    (Front.) 

Lower  Yanktonais. 

279.  Ma-to'-wi-tko-tko.    Foolish  Bear.    (Profile.) 

Lower  Yanktonais. 

280.  Ma-to'-nom'-pa.     Two  Bears.    (Front.) 

Lower  Yanktonais. 

281.  Ma-to'-nom'-pa.     Two  Bears.    (Profile.) 

Lower  Yanktonais. 

270.  Na-zu-la-tan'-ka.    Big  Head.    (Front.) 

Upper  Yanktonais. 

271.  Na-zula-tan'-ka.    Big  Head.    (Profile.) 

Upper  Yanktonais. 

272.  r-STA-SHA'PA.    BlacTcEije.    (Frout.) 

Upper  Yanktonais. 

273.  I'-STASiiA'-PA.    Black  Eye.    (Profile.) 

Upper  Yanktonais. 

274.  T-CHA'-SAN-TAN'  ka.    Big  Razor.    (Front.) 

Upper  Yanktonais. 

275.  Lcha'-SANTAN'-KA.    Big  Razor.    (Profile.) 

Upper  Yanktonais. 

170.  Wa-kan'-du'-ta.     Fed  Thunder.    (Frout.) 

171.  Wakan'-du'-ta.    lied  Thunder.    (Profile.) 

172.  BAV-KA-WAsn-Ti.     Good  Hawk.    (Front.)  ♦ 

173.  HAv-KA-WAsn  Ti.     Good  Hawk.    (Profile.) 

174.  Pe-HAN'-SA-AMA'ni.     Walkinff  Crane.    (Front.) 

175.  PEnAN'SAAMAN'i      Walking  Crane.    (Profile.) 
17C.  VV'ANMDi-zi.     Yellow  Eagle.    (Front.) 

177.  Wanmdi-zi.     Yellow  Eagle.    (Profile.) 
732.  Hatona.    Afany  Horns.    (Front.) 


mvm  iiiiMinwiirBiii 


DAKOTA MISCELLANEOUS    GROUPS. 


45 


II 


733.  Hatona.    Many  Horns.    (Profile.) 

734.  I-STE  SA'-PA.    Black  Eye.    (Front.) 

735.  I-STE-SA'-PA.    Blade  U ye.    (Profile.) 

73G.  Ta-tan-ka-han-ska.    iow*/  Fox.    (Front.) 
737.  Ta-tan-ka-han-ska.    Long  Fox.    (Profile.) 
908.  Ta-tan'-ka-wa-kan',    Medicine  Bull. 

916.  MA-ZA'-O  ZAN-ZAN. 

917.  He-ha'-ka-ma-zu'.    Iron  FlJc. 
919.  Wanmdi-yan'-ka.     Oreat  Eagle. 
923.  IIiN  KAN-DU'TA.     Red  Old. 
925.  Cut  Nose. 

927.  Ma-zu'-ku'-ta.    Iron  Shooter. 

931.  Tall  feather  joining. 

932.  Wakais'-o-zan-zan.    Medicine  Bottle. 

933.  O  TA-DAN.    Plenty. 

895.  Chief  with  the  Big  War  Bonnet. 
244.  War  dance. 

815.  General  Sherman  and  Commissioners  at  Fort  Lara- 
mie. 

81G.  Commissioners  in  council,  Fort  Laramie. 

817.  Old  Man  afraid  of  his  Horses,  and  group. 

818-830.  Miscellaneous  groups  about  Fort  Laramie. 

831.  Sioux  burial. 

832-5.  Groups  about  Fort  Laramie. 

838.  Indian  delegation  at  the  White  House. 

839-41.  St.  Mary's  Mission,  Kansas. 

845.  The  Sergeant  of  the  Guard. 

3.  iowas. 

A  tribe  of  Indians  of  Dal«)ta  stock,  inhabiting  originally 
the  interior  of  the  State  of  the  same  name.  Marquette  iu  1G73 
placed  them  on  his  map  as  the  Pa-houtet.  Some  of  the  neigh- 
boring Algonkins  called  them  Iowas— a  name  originally  ap- 
plied to  a  river,  and  said  to  mean  "the  beautiful  land" — and 
others  Mascoutin  or  Prairie  Nadoueasi.  In  their  own  tongue 
their  name  is  Pahucha,  meaning  "  Dusty  Nose."  They  were 
famous  as  great  pedestrians,  being  able  to  walk  twenty-five  or 


f 


46 


CATALOGUE   OF    INDIAN    PHOTOGKAPrfS. 


thirty  leagues  a  day,  and  the  names  of  many  of  their  chiefs 
show  that  they  prided  themselves  on  their  walking. 

In  1700  they  were  on  the  Mankato,  and  constantly  roaming 
with  the  Western  Algonkins.  Early  in  the  present  century 
they  numbered  about  1,500,  and  were  involved  in  wars  with 
the  Osages,  Omahas,  and  the  Sioux,  losing  heavily.  Later  they 
became  much  decimated  through  the  ravages  of  the  small-pox 
and  other  diseases. 

First  treaty  was  made  with  them  in  1815.  In  1836  the  tribe, 
numbering  992,  were  removed  to  the  west  bank  of  the  Mis- 
souri, and  from  this  time  rapidly  declined  in  numbers,  many  of 
them  becoming  vagrants  in  other  tribes,  and  others  killed 
themselves  by  intemperance.  By  ISIO  had  decreased  to  700. 
In  18G1  the  tribe,  now  reduced  to  305,  ceded  all  their  lands  ex- 
cept 16,000  acres,  which  they  subsequently,  in  1869,  shared 
with  some  of  the  Sacs  and  Foxes,  their  old  friends. 

Since  the  tribe  has  been  placed  under  the  charge  of  the  So- 
ciety of  Friends  they  have  improved  somewhat,  so  that  at  the 
present  time  (1875),  although  reduced  to  219  souls,  they  are  all 
living  in  good  houses  on  their  fertile  reservation  in  Southern 
Nebraska,  and  are  raising  much  more  than  is  needed  for  their 
own  consumption.  They  have  good  schools,  at  which  nearly 
one-fourth  of  the  tribe  attend,  and  nearly  one-half  of  the  whole 
number  can  read.  They  stand  in  the  front  rank  of  civilized 
Indian  tribes. 

Lint  of  iUustrations. 

385-6.  Nag  a  kasii.    liritish. 

Became  first  chief  of  the  lowas  in  1802,  upon  the 
death  of  Nan-cheeuing-a.  lias  always  taken  a  prom- 
inent place  in  favor  of  civil'zation  and  the  advance- 
ment of  his  tribe  by  education  and  work.  Has  made 
four  visits  to  Washington  and  two  to  New  York,  the 
lirst  being  in  1847,  when  he  travelled  frjom  Saint  Joseph, 
Mo.,  to  Baltimore  in  a  wagon.  Took  part  once  in  a 
great  battle  between  the  Otoes,  Pawnees,  Kickai)oo8, 
I'ottawatomies,  and  Sacs  and  Foxes  on  one  side,  and 
the  Snakes,  Crows,  Cheyennes,  Arapaboes,  Coman- 
(5hes,  and  Kiowas  on  the  other,  lasting  from  early 
dawn  until  dark.  British  shot  160  balls;  150  of  the 
enemy  were  left  on  the  field.  Age,  68;  height,  5.8J  ; 
head,  22g  ;  chest,  17A  ;  weight,  193. 


i^ 


™  ^W 


lal 


f 


DAKOTA lOWAS. 


47 


i\ 


f 


01, 


38S-9.  Mah-hee.    Knife. 

Third  chief  of  the  lowas.  When  young,  lived  m 
Missouri,  but  afterward  removed  to  Kansas.  Enjoyed 
the  confidence  of  the  whites  to  a  marljed  degree,  and 
was  mail-carrier  for  some  time  between  the  frontier 
posts  and  the  agency.  Was  among  the  first  to  take 
the  lead  in  settling  down  to  an  agricultural  life.  Has 
nlways  been  a  hard-working  man,  but  at  one  time  was 
dissipated,  and  once,  when  under  the  influence  of 
liquor,  killed  his  father.  Is  a  strictly  temperate  man 
now,  but  his  rapidly-failing  health  will  soon  unfit  him 
for  his  usual  labor,  and  his  example  in  the  tribe  as  an 
industrious  man  will  soon  be  lost.  Age,  5(5;  height^ 
5.10;  head,  22^;  chest,  39i;  weight,  172. 

395.  Tah-ba-kee.    Beer  Ham. 

Was  fourth  chief  of  the  tribe  until  October,  187G, 
when  he  was  deposed  for  persistent  interference  with 
the  business  ot  the  agency.  He  had  been  suspended 
before,  but  was  reinstated  by  another  agent.  Age,  50 
years ;  height,  5.8.J ;  head,  22 ;  chest,  41^  ;  weight,  179. 
390.  Ki-nE-GA-iNG-A.    Little  Chief. 

Fifth  chief  of  the  lowas.  Enlisted  in  the  Northern 
Army  and  participated  in  the  late  war  of  the  rebellion, 
serving  two  years.  Was  promised  the  position  of  a 
chief  if  he  enlisted,  and  upon  his  retnrn  the  promise 
was  made  good.  Age,  43 ;  height,  5.10 ;  head,  22f| ; 
chest,  43;  weight,  192. 
387.  Kra-ten-tha-ayah.    Blade  Hatclc. 

Was  sixth  chief  of  the  lowas.    Died  January  1, 
1871,  aged  about  30  years;  height,  0  feet;  weight,  170 
pounds. 
392-J.  Nan-chee-ning-a.     No  Heart. 

Was  first  chief  of  the  lowas.  Died  in  IS(]2,  aged 
65;  height,  5.10;  weight,  170. 

921.  A  chief. 

022.  Group,  comprising  most  of  the  above  numbers.  " 

4.  KAW   OR  KANSAS. 

The  Kansas  are  an  offshoot  of  the  Osages,  whom  they  re- 
semble in  many  respects.  In  1073  they  were  placed  on  Mar- 
quette's map  as  on  the  Missouri,  above  the  Osages.    After  the 


48 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


B     I 


cession  of  Louisiana,  a  treaty  was  made  with  them  by  the 
United  States.  They  were  then  on  the  river  Kansas  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Saline,  having  been  forced  back  from  the  Missouri 
by  the  Sioux,  and  numbered  about  1,500  in  130  earthen  lodges. 
Some  of  their  chiefs  visited  Washington  as  early  as  1820.  In 
1825  ceded  their  lands  on  the  Missouri,  retaining  a  reservation 
on  the  Kansas,  where  they  were  constantly  subjected  to  attacks 
from  the  Pawnees,  and  on  their  hunts  from  other  tribes,  so  that 
they  lost  rapidly  in  numbers.  In  1846  they  again  ceded  their 
lands,  and  a  new  reservation  of  80,000  acres  on  the  Neosho  in 
Kansas  assigned  them;  but  this  also  soon  becoming  overrun  by 
settlers,  and  as  they  would  not  cultivate  it  themselves,  it  was 
sold,  and  the  proceeds  invested  for  their  benefit  and  for  pro- 
viding a  new  home  among  the  Osages.  The  tribe  in  18^ 
numbered  1,300;  in  1800,800;  and  iu  1875  had  dwindled  to 
510.  Under  the  guidance  of  'orthodox  Friends  they  are  now 
cultivating  4G0  acres,  and  have  broken  more  than  as  much 
again.  Tbey  raised  among  other  things  12,000  bushels  of  corn  ; 
70  of  them  are  regular  church  attendants,  and  54  of  their  chil- 
dren attend  school. 


! 


List  of  illusti-ationft. 

397.  Little  Bear. 

398.  Ka-ke-ga-sha.    (Standing.) 
390.  Ka-kegasha.    (Sitting.) 


5.  MANDANS. 

Tlie  Mandans,  or  Miah'-tanees,  "people  on  the  bank,"  have 
resided  on  the  Upper  Missouri  for  a  long  time,  occupying  suc- 
cessively several  ditfereut  places  along  the  river.  In  1772 
resided  1,500  miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  in  nine 
villages  located  on  both  sides  of  tUB  river.  Lewis  and  Clarke 
found  them  in  1804  100  miles  farther  up  iu  only  two  villages, 
one  on  each  side  of  the  river;  near  them  were  three  other  vil- 
lages belonging  to  the  Miunitarees  and  Ahnaha^'aya. 

In  the  year  1833  these  Indians  were  in  their  most  prosperous 
state,  industrious,  well  armed,  good  hunters  and  good  warriors, 
in  the  midst  of  herds  of  buH'iilo  mostly  within  sight  of  the  vil- 
lage, with  large  coru-Uelds,  and  a  trading-post  from  which  they 
could  at  all  times  obtain  supplies,  and  consequently  at  that 


DAKOTA MANDANS. 


49 


.  time  they  might  have  beeu  considered  a  happy  i)eople.  In 
their  personal  appearance,  prior  to  the  ravages  of  the  small- 
po:c,  they  were  not  surpassed  by  any  nation  in  the  Northwest. 
The  men  were  tall  and  well  made,  vt^ith  regular  features  and  a 
mild  expression  of  countenance  not  usually  seen  among  Indians. 
The  complexion,  also,  was  a  shade  lighter  than  that  of  other 
tribes,  often  approaching  very  near  to  some  European  nations, 
as  the  Spaniards.  Another  peculiarity  was  that  some  of  them 
had  fair  hair,  and  some  gray  or  blue  eyes,  which  are  very  rarely 
met  with  among  other  tribes.  A  majority  of  the  won>en,  par- 
ticularly the  young,  were  quite  handsome,  with  faircomi)lexion8, 
and  modest  in  their  deportment.  They  were  also  noted  for 
their  virtue.  This  was  regarded  as  an  honorable  and  most 
^valuable  quality  among  the  young  women,  and  each  year  a 
ceremony  was  performed,  in  the  preseucs  of  the  whole  village, 
at  which  time  all  the  females  who  had  preserved  their  virgin- 
ity came  forward,  struck  a  post,  and  challenged  the  world  to 
say  aught  derogatory  of  their  character. 

In  these  palmy  days  of  their  prosperity  much  time  and  atten- 
tion was  given  to  dress,  upon  which  they  lavished  much  of 
their  wealth.  They  were  also  very  fond  of  dances,  games,  races, 
and  other  manly  and  athletic  exercises.  They  are  also  a  very 
devotional  people,  having  many  rites  and  ceremonies  for  pro- 
pitiating the  Great  Spirit,  practising  upon  themselves  a  self- 
torture  but  little  less  severe  than  that  of  Hindoo  devotees. 

In  the  spring  of  1838  that  dreaded  scourge  of  the  Indians, 
small-pox,  made  its  appearance  among  the  Mandaus,  brought 
among  them  by  the  employes  of  the  fur  company.  All  the 
tribes  along  the  river  suffered  more  or  less,  but  none  approached 
so  near  extinction  as  the  Mandans.  When  the  disease  had 
abated,  and  when  the  remnant  of  this  once  powerful  nation 
had  recovered  sufficiently  to  remove  the  decaying  bodies  from 
their  cabins,  the  total  uumber  of  grown  men  was  twenty-three, 
of  women  forty,  and  of  young  persons  sixty  or  seventy.  These 
were  all  that  weve  left  of  the  eighteer.  hundred  souls  that  com- 
posed the  nation  prior  to  the  advent  of  that  terrific  disease. 

The  survivors  took  refuge  with  f'de  Aricka-ees,  who  occupied 
one  of  their  deserted  villages,  but  retained  tlieir  former  trib. 
laws  and  customs,  preserving  their  nationality  intact,  refusing 
any  alliances  with  surrounding  tribes.  The  two  tribes  have 
lived  together  since  then  upon  terms  of  excellent  friendship. 
4 


50 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


Tbey  now  number  420,  living  in  dome-sbaped  earthen  houses, 
like  the  Pawnees,  which  are,  however,  being  gradually  replaced 
by  log  houses. 

The  following  representatives  of  the  tribe Jwere  part  of  a 
joint  delegation  of  Arickarees  and  Mandans  to  Washington  in 
1874: 

List  of  illustrations. 

1006.  WA-SHtJ-NA-KOO-El.    Rusfiing  War  Eagle. 

*  The  present  head  chief  of  the  Mandans,  a  man  noted 
for  kindliness  and  benevolence.  Age,  43 ;  height,  5.7^; 
head,  24J ;  chest,  38. 

1005.  Me-ea-pa-ea-pa.    Lance. 

Head  soldier  or  brave.  Age,  38;  height,5.8i;  head, 
22% ;  chest,  38J. 

1007.  E  STA-poo-STA.     Running  Face. 

Young  warrior,  sou  of  Eed  Cow,  a  "big  chief,''  who 
was  too  old  to  travel,  and  this  sou  sent  in  his  place. 
Age,  23;  height,  5.6;  head,  21^;  chest,  37^. 

884.  CnAELES  Papineau.    Interpreter. 

Born  in  Montreal  iu  1820.    Has  lived  in  the  Mandan 
country  since  1839.    Speaks  Arickaree,  Crow,  Sioux, 
Gros  Ventres,  Ma. dan,  French,  and  English. 

0.  MISSOUEIAS. 

The  Missourias  are  a  tribe  of  Dakota  descent,  living  on  the 
Missouri  Kiver,  their  name  being  one  given  them  by  the  Illinois, 
and  means  the  people  living  by  the  muddy  water.  They  style 
themselves  iVutlarc/ia.  Were  first  heard  of  iu  1673,  as  the  first 
tribe  up  the  river  which  bears  their  name.  Became  allies  of 
the  French  at  an  early  day,  and  assisted  them  in  some  of  their 
operations  against  other  tribes.  Were  hostile  to  the  Spanish 
and  also  opposed  to  the  ascendency  of  English  influence.  In 
1805,  when  Lewis  and  Clarke  passed  through  their  country,  they 
numbered  only  300  in  all,  living  in  villages  south  of  the  Platte, 
and  at  war  with  most  of  the  neighboring  tribes.  They  were 
affiliated  with  the  Otoes,  having  deserted  their  own  villages 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Grand  some  time  previously  in  conse- 
quence of  their  almost  entire  destruction  by  small-pox.    The 


. 


DAKOTA — MANDANS. 


51 


two  have  ever  since  been  classed  as  one  tribe.  lu  1862  the 
combined  tribes  numbered  708,  and  in  1876  only  454.  Since 
their  consolidation  with  the  Otoes  their  history  has  been  the 
same  as  of  that  tribe. 

List  of  illustrations. 

481.  Thrach-tche.     Irue  Eagle. 

A  full-blood  Missouria,  and  nephew  of  Ah-ho-che-ka- 
thocka  (Quapaw  Indian  Striker),  a  title  gained  by  his 
bravery  in  battle  against  the  Quapaws,  and  who  was 
head  chief.  At  his  (Ah-he-cho-ka-thocka's)  death,  the 
hereditary  successor,  Good  Talker,  was  assassinated 
by  Shungech-hoy  and  others,  when  the  line  of  descent 
fell  on  True  Eagle,  who  became  chief  in  1860,  and  held 
thepositionof  Missouria  chief  in  the  confederated  Otoes 
and  Missourias  until  1874,  when  he  resigned  in  favor  of 
his  nephew.  Is  now  about  80  years  of  age,  6  feet  in 
height,  with  a  stout,  well-proportioned  frame. 

503.  Noch-pe-wora.     The  One  they  are  Afraid  of. 

Is  a  cousin  of  True  Eagle,  and  chief  of  the  Eagle 
band  of  Missourias.  Is  of  a  mild,  genial  disposition, 
with  but  little  force  of  character.  Age,  45 ;  height, 
5.8J;  weight,  155;  head,  22J;  chest,  35. 

484-5.  Wa-thock-a  RUCHY.     One  tcho  eats  his  Food  Bate. 

II is  father  was  of  the  Bear  band  of  Ctoes,  and  his 
mother  of  the  Eagle  band  of  Missourias.  He  inherited 
a  chieftaincy  among  the  Missourias,  and  succeeded  to 
that  position  upon  the  death  of  his  uncle.  White  Water, 
in  1808,  when  he  took  the  name  of  Lod-noo  wAn-iioo- 
WA,  or  Pipe-Stem.  Lacks  force  of  character,  but  is  of 
a  mild  disi)osition  and  well  disposed.  Is  about  5  feet 
in  height,  and  of  a  well-develoitcd  physical  organiza- 
tion. 

486.  MuNCiiAHUNCHA.    Big  Bear,  or  Joseph  Poicell. 

Is  a  full-blooded  Missouria.  Succeeded  his  grand- 
father, Cow-hepaha,  as  chief  of  the  Bear  baud,  in  1870. 
When  a  young  man  he  lived  much  of  his  time  among 
the  whites.  Possessing  more  than  ordinary  intelli- 
gence, he  is  at  present  the  leading  spirit  of  the  Otoes 
and  Missourias  in  the  industrial  pursuits  of  civilized 


52 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


,  t 


!l 


1 1    .- 


i 


il 

1! 


life.  These  qualities  have  engendered  much  jealousy 
in  the  breasts  of  the  older  chiefs,  who  throw  many  ob- 
stacles in  his  wa3'.  Besides  his  good  mental  qualities 
he  possesses  a  splendid  physique.  Height,  5.11 ; 
weight,  225;  head,  23^;  chest,  42. 

498.  Black  Elk. 

7.  OMAHAS. 

The  Ouiahas  were  one  of  the  tribes  noticed  by  Marquette  in 
1073,  and  by  Carver  in  176G,  who  found  them  located  on  the 
Saint  Peter's  River.  They  were  divided  into  two  bands,  the 
Istasunda,  or  Grey  Eyes',  and  the  Hongashaus,  and  cultivated 
corn,  melons,  beans,  &c.  lu  1802,  from  a  tribe  numbering  about 
3,500,  they  were  reduced  to  less  than  a  tenth  of  that  number  by 
small-pox,  when  they  burned  their  village  and  became  wander- 
ers, pursued  by  their  relentless  enemy,  the  Sioux.  Lewis  and 
Clarke  found  them  on  the  L'Eau  qui  Court, numbering  about  GOO. 
Since  1815  many  treaties  have  been  made  with  them,  always  ac- 
companied by  a  cession  of  lands  on  their  part  in  return  for  an- 
nuities and  farming  implements.  In  1843  they  returned  to 
their  village,  between  the  Elkhorn  and  the  Missouri,  and  made 
a  peace  with  some  of  the  Sioux,  but  their  great  chief,  Logan 
Foutaaelle,  was  killed  by  them  not  long  after.  Since  then  they 
have  devoted  themselves  mainly  to  agriculture,  and,  under  the 
foster' •'^'^  citie  of  the  Friends,  are  very  much  improved  in  their 
condition.  In  1875  they  numbered  1,005,  depending  entirely 
upon  their  crops  for  their  subsistence,  of  which  they  have  con- 
siderably more  than  enough  for  their  own  use.  They  have 
three  good  schools,  which  are  largely  and  regularly  attended. 
The  older  Indians  are  also  abandoning  their  old  habits  and  as- 
sisting in  building  for  themselves  upon  forty-acre  allotments  of 
their  lands. 

List  of  illustrations. 

885.  Siiu-DTHE-NUZHE.     Yellow  SmoJie. 

A  leading  and  influential  chief  among  the  Omahas, 
and  a  man  of  more  than  ordinary  intelligence  and  ex- 
ecutive ability.  Holds  his  position  by  hereditary  de- 
scent. Is  well  off,  possessing  a  large  number  of  horses 
and  a  very  well  furnished  house. 


DAKOTA OMAHAS. 


53 


465.  Gbe-dthe-nuzhe.     Standing  Raick  and  sqitaic. 

The  oldest  chief  in  the  tribe,  and  consequently  one 
whose  words  always  command  attention  in  their  conn- 
cils.  This  view  represents  him  leading  his  pony,  fol- 
lowed by  his  faithful  squaw. 

467.  O  HUN-GA-NUZHE.     Standing  at  the  End. 

A  brave,  nearly  nude,  decorated  with  "  war-paint  '■ 
and  astride  a  characteristic  Indian  pony. 

468.  Mo  HA-NUZHE.    Standing  Bent. 

A  policeman,  or  one  appointed  by  the  chiefs  to  pre- 
serve order  in  the  village. 

403.  Gi-HE-GA.     Chief. 

One  of  the  nine  chiefs  who  govern  the  tribe,  holding 
thQir  positions  by  hereditary  descent. 

409-470.  Betsy. 

A  noted  character  among  the  Omahas,  an  exponent 
of  women's  rights.  Has  always  accompanied  the  tribe 
on  their  annual  buflalo-hunts,  and  participates  in  the 
chase  with  the  men.  Speaks  three  Indian  languages, 
besides  French  and  English. 

457.  Agency  buildings. 

462.  The  village  of  tde  Omahas.    (1871.) 

461.  The  village.    Near  view,  showing  lodges. 

464.  Gl-HE-GA'S  LODGE. 

459-4C0.  View  from  Blackbird  Hill. 

In  Irving's  Astoria  is  a  short  sketch  of  some  of  the 
romantic  deeds  of  Wa-shinga-sahba,  or  Blackbird,  a 
famous  chief  of  the  Omahas,  who  died  in  1802,  which 
concludes  as  follows:  "His  dominant  spirit  and  his 
love  for  the  white  man  were  evinced  in  his  latest  breath 
with  which  he  designated  his  place  of  sepulture.  It 
was  toHI)e  on  a  hill,  or  promontory,  upward  of  400  feet 
in  height,  overlooking  a  great  extent  of  the  Missouri, 
from  which  he  had  been  accustomed  to  watch  for  the 
barks  of  the  white  men.  The  Missouri  washes  the 
base  of  the  promontory,  and  after  winding  and  doub- 
ling in 'many  links  and  mazes  in  the  plains  below,  re- 
turns to  within  900  yards  of  its  starting-place,  so  that 


54 


CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN    PHOTOGRAPHS. 


Mi     ' 
1 


i 


for  thirty  miles,  navigat'ng  with  sail  and  oar,  the  voj'- 
ager  finds  himself  continually  near  to  this  singular 
promontory,  as  if  spell-bound. 

"  It  was  the  dying  command  of  the  Blackbird  that  his 
tomb  should  be  upon  thb  summit  of  this  hill,  in  which 
he  should  bo  interred,  seated  on  his  favorite  horse, 
that  he  might  overlook  his  ancient  domain,  and  be- 
hold the  barks  of  the  whits  men  as  thej'  came  up  the 
river  to  trade  with  his  people." 

The  river  has  now  changed  its  course,  running  far  to 
the  eastward,  leaving  at' the  foot  of  the  hill  a  lake  in 
the  old  bed  of  ihe  river.  The  mound  which  was  raised 
over  the  chief  and  his  horse  is  now  nearly  obliterated, 
vt  ,  "  yet  the  hill  of  the  Blackbird  continues  an  object  of 
veneration  to  the  wandering  savage,  and  a  landmark 
to  the  voyager  of  ^he  Missouri." 

472-47  G.  G sours  op  school-cuildken. 

478.  Eba-hom-ba's  lodge. 

479.  Village  scene. 

477.  A  IIRAVE. 

471.  Indian  cAurENTERs  building  houses  for  the  tribe. 


;       ,  ,  '^^  osages. 

TheOsages  were  placed  on  the  Missouri  in  1G73  by  Marquette, 
M'ho  called  them  theWasashe;  were  ■\lliesoftheIllinois,audnear 
the  last  of  the  past  ceuiury  had  been  driven  down  to  the  Arkan- 
sas. Coming  in  contact  with  the  FnMich,  they  became  their  Arm 
allies,  and  joined  them  in  many  of  their  operations  against 
Spanish  and  English  and  other  Indians;  in  1804,  made  peace 
with  the  Sacsaiul  Foxes,  with  whom  they  had  been  at  war,  and 
settled  on  tho  Great  Osage  Uivei.  ''Mieir  numbers  were  esti- 
mated ther  at  0,300.  The  usual  succession  of  treaties  ceding 
lands,  and  wars  with  neighboring  Iruliaiis  followed,  reducing 
them  very  much  in  nuuibers,  until  the  breaking  out  of  the 
civil  war,  when  1,000  of  them  went  South  and  joined  the  Con- 
federacy. Treaties  of  1805,  180(),  and  1870  provided  for  the 
conveying  of  their  lands  in  trust  to  the  IFuited  States,  and  for 
their  removal  to  the  Tiulian  Territory,  where  they  have  been 
places,  under  the  cart  of  the  Society  of  Friends,  and  are  now 
making   rapid    progress  toward  a  self-supporting  condition. 


DAKOTA OSAGES. 


55 


They  now  number  3,001,  of  whom  323  are  civilized,  self-sup- 
porting mixed  bloods. 

List  of  illustrations. 

611.  Joseph,  Paw-nenopazhe.  Mt  Afraid  of  the  Pawnees. 
Governor  or  chief  of  the  tribe.  Was  born  on  the 
Osage  reservation  when  in  Kansas,  and  when  12  years 
of  age  was  placed  in  a  Catholic  mission,  where  he 
received  a  good  English  education.  He  still  retains 
the  old  customs  and  habits  of  his  tribe,  however.  Is 
a  brave  and  warlike  chief,  but  yet  exerts  all  his  influ- 
ence to  secure  peace  between  his  people  and  the  whites. 
Is  about  40  years  of  age,  G  feet  in  height,  with  a  large 
and  commanding  physique ;  head,  22^ ;  chest,  41. 

886.  SiiONGA-SA-PA.    Black  Dog. 

The  youngest  of  the  six  principal  chiefs  of  the  tribe. 
Is  28  years  of  age,  and  was  born  on  the  present  reser- 
VHtion.  Is  the  descendant  of  a  long  line  of  chiefs, 
one  of  whom  was  principal  in  establishing  peace  be- 
tween the  Government  and  the  wild  tribes.  With  the 
governor,  Joseph,  he  visited  Washington  in  1876  to 
adjust  various  business  matters  in  connection  with  his 
tribe.    Age,  28 ;  height,  5.1 4  ;  head,  22.^  ;  chest,  38. 

887.  Group  representiiig  the  governor  and  some  of  the  head*: 
men  or  councillors  of  the  natiou,  as  follows : 

Joseph  rAWNENo-PA-ZHE.    See  No.  511.  ' 

Chetopah. 

Died  in  1870,  aged  38.  Wins  among  the  first  to  com- 
mence farming  and  to  live  in  the  white  num's  way. 

Pa-tsa-lun-kah.    iStrikeAxe. 

-  Born  on  the  Osage  reservation  in  Kansas  45  years 

ago.  Is  one  of  the  principal  "  peace  chiefs,"  and  also 
chief  of  one  of  the  largest  bands  of  the  Osages,  over 
whom  he  has  unbounded  intliiience. 

Che-zhe-lun-kah.    Big  Chief.  - 

Chief  coun(!illor  of  the  nation,  a  man  of  good  sonsrs 
ar.'l  much  influence.  Is  the  son  of  a  chief;  45  years  of 
age,  and  was  born  in  Kansas. 


r* 


mami 


^r  I. 


j  i 
■  1 

1 

i 

■ 

i 

i; 

i : 

1 
i 

! 

i 
1 

■  ! 

i 


A » 


J 


56 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


Haed  Rope. 

Head  war  chief  of  the  nation,  and  a  man  of  consid- 
erable ability  as  an  orator.  Served  as  a  scout  under 
General  Custer  during  the  Indian  war  in  the  Indian 
Territory.    Is  now  50  years  old. 

513.  Kah-he-ka-wah-ti-an-ka.    Saucy  Chief. 

509.  NOM-PA-WA-LE.     A  Savage. 

510.  Ke-si-SI-gre.    a  Distant  Land. 

512.  Mah-kea-pu-at-see.     One  Who  Reaches  to  the  Sky. 

888.  Joseph  and  Black  Dog. 

889.  Joseph,    Black   Dog,    Ugeas   Captain,    and   J.   N. 
•'        Florer. 

•  9.  otoes. 

The  Otoes,  callliiig  themselves  Watoohtahtah,  were  known 
to  the  French  as  early  as  1073,  under  the  name  of  Otontanta  j 
"wereoriginally  part  of  the  IMissourias,  and,  with  the  lowas,  claim 
to  have  migrated  to  the  Missouri  with  the  Wiuuebagoes.  They 
have  long  resided  on  the  south  side  of  the  Platte  River,  in  mud 
lodges,  con  federated  with  the  Missourias,  wiio  formed  one  village 
with  them.  The  two  tribes  now  number  457  souls.  Under  the 
care  of  the  Friends,  many  are  laying  aside  their  Indian  dress 
and  habits,  and  learning  to  labor.  In  common  with  many  other 
tribes,  their  annuities  are  payable  only  in  return  for  labor  per- 
formed, which  exercises  a  most  beneHclal  effect.  ,  ,,,.,, 

List  of  illustrations.      '  ,  1 

480.  Ar-ke-ketah.     stand  by  It. 

Is  a  full-blooded  Otoe  Indian.  lie  was  a  leading 
warrior  in  his  tribe,  and  during  the  early  settlement  of 
Nebraska,  when  an  emigrant  train  had  been  attacked 
on  Big  Sandy  Creek,  and  robbed  of  all  they  had  by  a 
party  of  Pawnees,  Ar  ke-kotah,  leading  a  band  of 
Otoes,  fell  on  them,  and,  killing  the  entire  party,  re- 
stored the  goods  back  to  the  emigrants,  for  which  ho 
gained  notoriety,  and  received  papers  commendatory 
^. ..  -,  of  this  and  other  valuable  services  rendered  the  whites. 
By  being  a  man  of  deep  scheming  and  cunning,  ho  sue- 

ceeded  in  gaining  the  position  of  head  chief  of  the 

tribe,  while  on  a  visit  to  Washington,  in   1851,  wheu 


. 


II 


DAKOTA — OTOES. 


57 


, 


tlie  treaty  was  concluded,  in  which  the  Otoes  ceded 
to  the  Government  the  southeastern  part  of  Nebraska. 
He  was  deposed  from  his  chiefship  in  1872,  re-instated 
in  1873,  but  has  been  inactive  as  a  chief  since,  and  has 
lost  his  influence  in  the  tribe.  He  is  still  living,  about 
65  years  of  age,  and  5  feet  8  inches  high,  with  square, 
well-built  frame. 
482,  492-4,  502.  SiiUN  GECH-noY.    Medicine  Horse. 

His  father  was  an  Otoe,  and  his  mother  a  Missouria 
Indian.  By  hereditary  descent  he  became,  in  1854, 
head  chief  of  the  Bear  band  of  Otoes,  and  being  am- 
bitious, worked  himself  finally  into  the  position  of  head 
chief  of  the  Otoes  and  Missourias.  In  1874  ho  led 
a  portion  of  the  tribe  away  from  their  reservation,  in 
violation  of  law  and  agency  regulations,  for  which  he, 
with  tivo  others,  was  arrested  and  confined  for  a  time 
at  Fort  Wallace.  In  consequence,  he  became  alien- 
ated from  the  agency  and  main  part  of  the  tribe,  and 
lost  his  position  as  chief.  Has  features  remarkably 
coarse ;  has  a  very  stern,  fierce  disposition  ;  is  a  deep 
schemer;  would  bo  willing  to  sacrifice  almost  any  in- 
terest of  his  tribe  in  order  to  maintain  a  supremacy 
over  them,  and  has  been  engaged  in  many  stratagems 
of  the  kind.  He  is  tenacious  of  old  Indian  customs,  op- 
posed to  improvement  that  makes  innovations  tliereon, 
and  is  a  heavy  clog  on  tlie  tribe  in  their  endeavors  to 
advance  in  civilized  pursuits.  1  stature,  he  is  about 
5  feet  9  inches,  with  a  heavy-set,  well-developed  mus- 
cular frame ;  about  GO  years  of  age. 
487,  489,  490.  Loi)-NOO-WA-lNGA.    Little  Pipe. 

Ls  a  son  of  Hickapoo  or  Kick-a-poo,  formerly  a 
prominent  chief  of  the  tribe.  The  chiefship  had  been 
hereditary  through  many  successors,  and  after  the 
death  of  Hic-apoo,  the  present  Little  Pipe,  in  1858, 
took  his  place.  He  was  one  of  the  followersof  Shun- 
gech-hoy  in  3874;  was  arrested  and  imprisoned  with 
him,  and  has  not  since  been  recognized  as  a  chief.  He 
is  of  a  mild  disposition,  well  disposed  toward  improvo- 
ment,  but  quiet  and  without  much  individual  force  of 
character.  Has  been  under  unfavorable  influences, 
and  therefore  makes  but  little  progress.     He  is  about 


uim 


I  I 


5S  CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS, 

50  years  of  age,  5  feet  7^  inches  in  stature,  head  23 
inches,  chest  30,  and  weighs  155. 

488,  Pahho-cha-inga.    TJttle  Iowa. 

Generally  known  by  his  more  proper  name  of  Bap- 
^  tlste  Devoin,  is  a  son  of  John  Devoin,  who  is  half 
French  and  half  Missouria  Indian.  His  mother  is  half 
Omaha,  one-quarter  French,  and  one-quarter  Iowa  In- 
dian. He  was  partially  educated  at  the  Pawnee  Mis- 
sion, at  Belleview,  Nebr.;  can  read,  write,  and  speak  the 
English  language  tolerably  well;  also  speaks  Pawnee, 
Omaha,  and  French.  He  married  into  the  Otoe  tribe, 
and  has  been  employed  at  Otoe  agency  in  the  several 
positions  of  teamster,  farmer,  interpreter,  and  miller, 
under  former  agents.  In  1809,  he  was  employed  as  in- 
terpreter for  the  tribe,  and  has  continued  in  that  office 
until  the  present.  In  height  he  is  5  feet  9^  inches, 
head  measurement  23J  inches,  chesL  44  inches,  and 
weighs  220  pounds.  He  is  about  40  years  of  age,  and 
quite  corpulent. 


495. 


h  I!  I 


407. 


500. 


TcIT^-WAN-NA-GA•HE.    Buffalo  Chief. 

Is  an  Otoe  Indian,  though  his  grandfiUher  belonged 
to  the  Iowa  tribe.  He  was,  when  a  young  man,  a  self- 
constituted  chief,  leading  a  portio'i  of  the  Buffalo  band 
of  Otocs,  at  a  time  when  Sack-apie  was  chief,  and  at 
whose  death  he  became  the  recognized  head  chief  of 
the  band,  which  position  he  held  until  1874.  lie  is  still 
living;  is  about  80  years  of  age,  in  stature  5  feet  0 
inches,  and  weighs  about  100  pounds.  He  is  of  rather 
a  mild  disposition,  though  decided  in  his  ways;  concil- 
itory  to  the  whites,  and  has  gained  many  friends 
among  them. 

Baptiste  Devoin  and  Toiia-wan  na-oa  he. 

The  same  as  given  and  described  in  Nos.  488  and  495. 

^  E'kn- BRICK  TO.    Jilackbird. 

)  Oppo  IIOMMONNE.    Buck  Elk  Walking. 

The  first  is  half  Otoe  and  half  Omaha;  the  second, 
who  is  represented  sitting,  is  a  fuUblood  Missouria. 


■k 


501. 


DAKOTA WINNEBAGOES.  59 

»  iNSTA-MUNTHA.    Iron  Eagle. 

KoiNGA.    Little  Thunder. 
I  Up-po-hommon-ne. 

I  E'EN  BRICK-TO. 

491.— Little  Pipe,  with  Missouria  chief  and  interpreter. 
496.— Medicine  Hoese,  Babtiste  l)EVOiN,an(i  interpreter. 

10.  PONCAS. 

The  Toncas  were  originally  part  of  the  Omaha  tribe,  to  whom 
they  are  related.  Lived  orif>inally  on  the  lied  Kiver  of  the 
North,  but  were  driven  southwestwardly  across  the  Missouri 
by  the  Sioux,  and  fortifted  themselves  on  the  Tonca  River. 
United  for  a  time  with  the  Omahaa  for  protection,  but  have 
generally  lived  apart.  Were  so  exposed  to  the  forays  of  the 
savage  Sioux  that  they  were  almost  exterminated  at  one  time, 
but  after  the  treaties  of  1817  and  1825  rallied  and  began  to  in- 
crease.  Were  estimated  then  at  750,  which  has  remained  their 
average  number  ever  since.  In  1858  sold  their  lands  and  went 
on  a  reservation  near  the  Yanktons,  but  being  too  near  their  old 
foes,  and  not  being  able  to  raise  any  crops,  were  in  1805  removed 
down  to  the  mouth  of  the  Niobrara,  where  they  now  have  three 
villages.  Are  still  exposed  to  raids  from  the  Sioux,  retarding 
very  much  their  progress  toward  a  self-supporting  condition. 
Ell'orts  are  being  made  to  have  them  join  their  relatives,  the 
Omahas. 

JAst  of  illustrations. 

f  AsiiNOME  KAil-GA-HE.    Lone  Chief.  ' 
Ta-tonka-nuzhe.     Standing  Buffalo. 

j  Wa  aA-SA-Pi.    Iron  Whip. 

I  Waste-comani.    Fast  Waller. 
519.  Wa  GA-SAPl.    Iron  Whip. 
521.  Native  drawing. 


617-518.  < 


11.    WINNEHAGOEH. 


The  Winnebagoea  are  a  branch  of  the  great  Dakota  family, 
calling  themselves  O-tcliun-gu-rah,  and  by  the  Sioux,  Itotanko, 
or  the  Big-voiced  Teople;  by  the  Chippeways,  Wiuuobagouk— 


^.^y.^.j.. ,  ■i-'^f;^^tmy>V^iJ(m;f»^'^iafm' 


60 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


whence  their  common  English  name — a  word  meaning  men  from 
the  fetid  waters.  The  French  linew  them  as  La  Puans  (the 
Stinkers),  supposed  to  have  been  given  them  in  conseqnence  of 
the  great  quantity  of  decaying  and  putrid  lish  in  their  camps 
when  first  visited  by  white  men.  With  some  others  they  formed 
the  van  of  the  eastward  migration  of  the  Daliotas,  penetrating 
apparently  some  distance,  but  were  forced  back  to  Green  Bay. 
This  was  some  time  previous  to  1670,  as  the  map  of  the  French 
Jesuit  missionaries,  dated  1671,  styles  Green  Bay  the  "Bayo 
des  Puans,"  and  the  map  accompanying  Marquette's  journal, 
dated  1681,  notes  a  village  of  the  "  Puans  "  as  near  the  north 
end  of  Winnebago  Lake,,  on  the  west  side.* 

They  were  tb^^n  numerous  and  powerful,  holiling  in  check  the 
neighboring  Algoukin  tribes,  but  soon  after  an  alliance  of 
tribes  attacked  and  very  nearly  exterminated  them.  Became 
Arm  friends  of  the  French  until  the  Eevolutiou,  when  they  joined 
the  English ;  made  peace  with  the  colonists  afterward,  but  sided 
with  the  English  again  in  1812. 

In  1820  they  numbered  about  1,500,  and  were  living  in  five 
villages  on  Winnebago  Lake  and  fourteen  on  Eock  River.  By 
a  treaty  in  1832  they  ceded  all  their  lands  south  of  the  Wiscon- 
sin and  Fox  Rivers,  for  a  reservation  on  the  Mississippi,  above 
the  Upper  Iowa,  but  here  they  became  unsettled,  wasteful,  and 
scattered.  In  1846  they  surrendered  this  reservation  for  an- 
other above  the  Saint  Peter's.  This  proved  unfit,  and  they 
became  badly  demoralized,  losing  many  of  their  number  by 
di  riease,  but  were  kept  on  it  by  force.  In  1853  they  were  re- 
moved to  Crow  River,  and  in  1856  to  Blue  Earth,  Minnesota, 
where  they  wqre  just  getting  a  start  in  civilized  pursuits  when 
the  Sioux  war  broke  out,  and  the  people  of  Minnesota  demanded 
their  removal.  Thus  again  they  were  put  on  the  march,  and 
this  time  landed  at  Crow  Creek,  on  the  Missouri,  near  Fort  Ran- 
dall, a  place  so  utterly  unfit,  that  the  troops  could  not  retain 
them  on  it.  Out  of  2,000  when  taken  there,  only  1,200  reached 
the  Omaha  reserve,  to  which  place  they  had  fled  for  protection. 
They  w*^re  then  assigned  a  ncv  reservatioi)  on  the  Omaha 
lands,  and  placed  under  the  care  of  the  Friends,  atul  since  then 
have  prospered.  At  the  time  of  their  removal,  in  1803,  from 
Minnesota,  many  of  the  tribe  who  had  taken  up  farms  remained, 
receiving  their  share  of  the  tribal  funds.    There  were  also  last 


Alvxuntlur  Kaiimey. 


PAWNEES ARICKAREES. 


61 


year  860  in  Wisconsin,  of  whom  204  have  lately  joined  those  in 
Nebraska,  swelling  their  numbers  to  1,667.  Nearly  all  of  these 
now  dress  in  civilized  attire,  and  many  of  them  have  taken  farms, 
their  lands  being  divided  into  40-acre  allotments  for  the  purpose, 
upon  which  they  are  building  neat  and  comfortable  cottages. 
There  is  an  industrial  and  three  day  schools  on  the  reserve, 
which  are  attended  by  one-sixth  of  their  whole  number.  Their 
chiefs  are  now  elected  anually  by  the  tribe,  who  in  turn  appoints 
a  force  of  twelve  policemen  from  the  Indians  to  preserve  order. 

1080.  Jno.  M.  St.  Cyr. 

A  delegate  representing  the  Wisconsin  Winneba- 
goes.  Has  been  to  Washington  three  times.  Ilis 
mother  was  a  relative  of  Little  Priest,  one  of  the  most 
prominent  chiefs  of  the  tribe,  and  his  father  a  French- 
man. 


808. 


Naw-cher-ciioo-nu-kaw. 
Bad  Thunder. 


812.  Wah-kunk-scha-kaw,  and  daughter. 

Wife  of ,"  Martin  Van  Buren,"  a  farmer  prominent 
chief  of  the  tribe. 

8U.  Ka-ra-cho-we  KAW.    A  Blue  Cloud  Fmsirig  By. 
809,  813.  WiNNEBAao  children. 

IV.  PAWNEES. 
1.  arickarees. 

The  Arickarees,  Ricarees,  or  Rees,  as  variously  written,  call 
themselves  Sa-nish,  or  Tanisli,  meaning  "the  people,"  a  common 
form  of  expression  among  Indians  to  indicate  their  superiority. 
Theywereoriginally  thesamepeopleas  the  Pawnees  of  the  Platte 
River,  their  language  being  nearly  the  same.  That  they  migrated 
upwards  along  the  Missouri  from  their  friends  below  is  estab- 
lished by  the  remains  of  their  dirt-villages,  which  are  yet  seen 
along  that  river,  though  at  this  t'mo  mostly  overgrown  with 
grass.  At  what  time  tliey  separated  from  the  narent  stock 
is  not  correctly  known,  though  some  of  their  locations  appear 
to  have  been  of  very  ancient  date,  at  least  previous  to  the  com- 
mencement of  the  fur-trade  on  the  Upper  Missouri.  At  the 
time  when  the  old  French  and  Spanish  tra<lers  began  their 


GIMI 


* 
#, 


62 


CATALOGUE  OP  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


':  ■: 


I 


dealings  with  the  Indians  of  the  Upper  Missouri,  the  Arickaree 
village  was  situated  a  little  above  the  raouth  of  Grand  River, 
since  which  time  they  have  made  several  removals,  aud  are  now 
located  at  Fort  Clark,  in  a  former  village  of  the  Mandans. 

The  cabins  or  huts  of  the  Arickarees  and  other  stationary 
tribes  are  built  by  planting  four  posts  in  the  ground  in  the 
form  of  a  square,  the  posts  being  forked  at  the  top  to  receive 
transverse  beams.  Against  the  beams  other  timbers  are  inclined 
the  lower  extremities  of  which  describe  a  circle,  or  nearly  so, 
the  interstices  being  filled  with  small  twigs,  the  whole  thickly 
overlaid  with  willows,  rushes,  and  grass,  and  plastered  over 
with  mud  laid  on  very  thick.  A  hole  is  left  in  the  top  for 
smoke  to  pass  out,  and  another  at  the  side  for  a  door.  Tlie 
door  opens  a  few  steps  distant  from  the  main  building  on  the 
surface  of  the  ground,  from  whicli,  by  a  gradual  descent  through 
a  covered  passage,  the  interior  of  the  hut  is  reached.  The  door 
is  of  wood,  and  the  aperture  large  enough  to  admit  a  favorite 
horse  to  the  family  circle,  w^hich  is  often  done.  These  buildings 
are  located  within  fifteen  or  twenty  feet  of  each  other  without 
any  regard  to  regularity. 

They  cultivate  considerable  land,  each  family  sei)arating  its 
little  farm  from  their  neighbors'  by  rush  fences.  Corn  is  their 
principal  dependence,  of  which  they  raise  considerable  quan- 
tities. The  work  is  done  entirely  by  the  women,  the  primitive 
hoe  being  their  only  implement.  They  generally  have  quite  a 
surplus,  which  they  traae'to  the  Dakotas  and  to  the  fur  compa- 
nies. 

The  Arickarees  are  quite  expert  in  manufacturing  a  very  ser- 
viceable kind  of  pottery,  neatly  shaped,  aud  well  adapted  for 
cooking  purposes.  They  are  ot  clay,  hand  wrought,  but  not 
glazed. 

At  the  i)re8eut  time  they  number  900,  and  are  associated  with 
600  Gros  Ventres  and  420  Mandans  at  the  Fort  Berthold  agency 
on  the  Ui)per  Missouri,  where  13,000  square  miles  has  been  set 
apart  for  them  as  their  reservation.  They  have  500  acres  under 
cultivation,  and  are  receiving  considerable  assistance  from  the 
Government  in  the  way  of  improved  implements.  Many 
houses  are  being  built,  and  the  more  progressive  Indians  are 
abandoning  the  old  mud  lodges  for  them. 


PAWNEES PAWNEES. 

List  of  illustrations. 


63 


1042.  Ku-NUGH-NAGIVE  NUK.     RusMng  Bear. 

Head  chief;  age,  56;  height,  5.8|;  head,  22g;  chest, 

lOU.  Egus-pah.    Bull  Head. 

Age,  57;  height,  5.4f;  head,  23^;  chest,  42^. 

1043.  Che-wakoo-ka-ti.    BlacJc  Fox. 

Son  of  Black  Bear,  a  great  chief  of  the  tribe.    xVgo, 
23;  height,  5.5;  head,  24;  chest,  30 J. 

717.  Black  Buffalo. 

718.  Long  Knife. 

2.  keechies. 

The  Keechies,  of  whom  there  are  now  onlj^  a  small  remnant 
of  about  90  in  the  Indian  Territory,  affiliated  with  the  Wichitas, 
Wacos,  and  Tawacanies;  were  originally  from  Texas,  and  are 
supposed  to  be  the  Quitzies  of  the  Spanish  authorities  of  1780. 
Even  at  that  lime  they  were  a  small  tribe,  numbering  about 
100  warriors.  After  the  admission  of  Texas,  were  placed  on  a 
State  reservation,  where  they  remained  undisturbed  until  1859, 
when  their  presence  became  so  distasteful  to  the  settlers  that 
it  became  necessary  to  remove  them.  Land  was  leased  from 
the  Choctaws  and  Chickasaws,  and  the  Keechies  settled  on  it, 
building  their  villages  of  grass  houses  along  the  Cauadian  Itiver. 
The  breaking  ont  of  the  civil  war  set  them  back,  just  as  they 
were  beginning  to  prosper,  compelling  another  remove  for  safety. 
In  1867  they  were  restored  to  their  lands  again,  and  since  then 
have  progressed  rapidly  in  civilized  pursuits.  Like  the  Wichitas 
and  Wacos,  they  are  of  the  same  stock  as  the  Pawnees. 

List  of  iUvstrations. 

411.  Knee-wak-waij,  (front.) 

412.  Knee-war-war,  (profile.) 

3.  pawneem. 

There  is  but  little  definite  knowledge  of  the  early  history  of 
the  Pawnees,  although  they  are  among  the  longest  known  to  the 
whites  west  of  the  Mississippi.  Marquette  notes  them  in  his 
map,  1073,  as  divided  into  various  bands.    They  are  supposed 


■m 


nl 


r 


64 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


to  be  the  ranimaha  of  La  Salle's  voyage  in  1688.  At  the  time 
of  Lewis  and  Clarke's  visit,  in  1803,  their  principal  village  was  on 
the  south  side  of  the  Platte.  Pike,  in  1800,  estimated  the  pop- 
ulation of  three  of  their  villages  at  6,233,  with  nearly  2,000 
warriors,  engaged  in  fierce  combats  with  neighboring  tribes. 
In  1820,  three  of  the  four  bands  into  which  they  have  been  for 
a  long  time  divided  resided  on  the  banks  of  the  Platte  and  its 
tributaries,  with  a  reservation  on  Loup  Fork,  on  the  ninety- 
eighth  meridian.  Were  then  estimated  at  about  10,000  souls, 
living  in  earth-covered  lodges,  and  much  devoted  to  the  cultiva- 
tion of  the  soil,  but  engaging  regularly  every  season  iti  a  grand 
buffalo-hunt.  The  Delawares,  in  1823,  burnt  the  Great  Pawnee 
village  on  the  Itepublican,  and  these  Pawnees,  becomi.ig  much 
reduced  in  numbers  by  small-pox  soon  after,  sold  all  their  lands 
south  of  the  Platte,  and  removed  to  the  reservation  on  Lo 
Fork.  The  means  were  provided,  and  many  exertions  made  to 
place  them  on  the  high  road  to  prosperity;  but  their  inv^eterate 
foe,  the  Sioux,  harassed  them  continually;  drove  them  repeat- 
edly off  their  reservatii  and  despoiled  their  villages.  This 
warfare  and  disease  soon  i  duced  them  to  half  their  former  num- 
ber. In  1801,  they  raised  a  company  of  scouts  for  service  against 
the  Sioux,  and  a  much  larger  force  under  the  volunteer  organ- 
ization, incurring  in  cons'^iaence  an  increased  hostility  from 
their  enemies,  who  harassed  them  so  continuously,  that  in  1874 
the  chiefs  in  general  council  determined  upon  removing  to  a 
new  reservation  in  the  Indian  Territory,  lying  between  the  forks 
of  the  Arkansas  and  Cimarron,  east  of  the  ninety-seventh  merid- 
ian. Their  removal  was  almost  entirely  effected  during  the 
winter  of  1874-'75. 

The  Pawnees  now  number  in  all  2,026,  and  yet  retain  the  sub- 
division into  bands,  as  follows:  The  Skeedee  (Pawnee  Mahas, 
or  Loups),  Kit-ka-hoct,  or  Republican  Pawnees,  Petahoweret, 
and  the  Chowee  or  Grand  Pawnees.  There  are  also  living  on 
the  Washita,  a  small  band  of  affiliated  Waeos  and  Wichitas, 
sometimes  called  Pawnee  Picts,  who  are  undoubtedly  an  off- 
shoot of  the  Grand  Pawnees.  They  are  under  the  care  of  the 
friends ;  have  well-organized  day  and  industrial  schools,  and 
are  well  supplied  with  implements  and  means  to  carry  forward 
a  systematic  cultivation  of  the  soil. 


FAWNEES PAWNEES. 


65 


TAst  of  illustrations. 

530-2.  PETA-LA-snA-RA.     Man  and  Chief.  CilowEE. 

Keputed  head  chief  of  tlie  rawnees,  thou}j;h  really 
chief  only  of  his  own  band,  the  Choicee.  His  claim 
was  based  partly  ou  the  fact  of  having  been  the  first 
signer  of  their  treaty  of  1857.  Being  a  good  Indian 
orator,  and  of  dignified  bearing,  he  was  generally 
awarded  the  first  place  in  their  conucils,  and  led  off  in 
speech.  In  IHL'O,  it  is  said  that  he  put  a  stop  to  the 
custom,  then  prevalent  among  the  Pawnees,  of  offering 
human  sacrifices,  butonly  by  a  display  of  great  courage. 
In  1825  he  visited  Washington  with  a  delegation  of 
his  tribe,  and  attracted  much  attention  by  his  fine 
l)resence.  Has  always  been  friendly  to  the  whites  and 
in  favor  of  the  advancement  of  his  tribe  in  civilized 
habits,  although  very  slow  himself  to  adopt  new  ideas. 
He  died  in  the  summer  of  1874  from  an  accidental 
pistol-shot.     Had  but  one  wife,  and  she  survives  him. 

533.  La-ta-cuts-la-shab.    Uagle  Chief  Skeedee. 

At  present  the  oldest,  and  consequently  the  head 
chief  of  the  tribe. 

534.  La-roo-chuk-ala-shar.    Sun  Chief.  Ciioweb. 

A  sou  of  Petalashara  iind  head  chief  of  the  Chowee 
band;  also  a  leader  in  the  councils.  Height,  5.9;  head, 
22;  chest,  36^. 

535.  Tun  COD-ix  TE-OAii-WAH.     Brings  Herds.  SkeEDEE. 

Height,  5.10;  head,  22  ;  chest,  42. 
543.  Tu-Tuo-A-pioisii-TE  RUK.    Gives  to  the  Poor.       Skeedee. 
A  soldier  or  policenian  of  the  Skeedees.     Height, 
5.9 ;  head,  22^  ;  chest,  42. 

545.  Squaw  op  Tu-tuc-a-pioish-te-ruk.        ^         Skeedee. 
548.  LA-Hio-TA-HALAsnA.    Pipe  Chief.  Chowee. 

One  of  the  signers  of  the  treaty  of  1853. 
^  La-roo-chuk-a-la-shar.      Sun    Chief.      See  No.  534. 

Chowee. 
Skeedee. 
Chowee. 
Skeedee. 


528. 


Aru-saw LA-KiTTOWY.    ^  Fine  Horse 
Ski  AR-RA-KA-SHAR.     Lone  Chief. 
Se-ted-erow-weet.     One  Aimed  At. 

COT-TA  RATET-GOOTS 


C 


Struck  with  a  Tomahawl: 

Skeedee. 


66 


CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN    PHOTOGRAPHS. 


I 


I 


i 


I 


i  I 


!  [ 

I  fi 

J  1' 

I! 

I 

!    I 

I  i 

\  i 


\  TpMiAR-A-WEET.  Stopped  ivi til  the  Ho rs&i.     Kit  KA-iiooT. 
Height,  5.7;  head,  21^;  chest,  37.     A  sohlier  of  his 
baud. 

La-shara  CHi-EKS.    Humane  Chief.  Kit-kaiioct. 

One  of  the  four  cliiefs  of  his  band,  dresses  well ;  is 
pleasant  in  manner,  and  of  progressive  tendencies. 
Height,  5.10;  head,  22^  ;  chest,  3G. 

As  SON-OO-COT-TUK.     As  a  Dog,  hut  yet  a  High  Chief. 
529.  ^  KlT-KA-HOCT. 

One  of  the  four  chiefs  of  his  band.     Height,  5.8 ; 
head,  22  ;  chest,  35. 
La-shara-tu  BA-HA.     Good  Chief.  Kit  ka-hoot. 

Head  chief  of  the  band.     Height,  5.7 ;  head,  22^  ; 
chest,  39. 
La-sharco  too-rowoo-towy.     Difficult  Chief 

KiT-KA-nOCT. 

One  of  the  soldiers  and  head  men  of  this  band. 

552-3.  Group  of  Four  Brothers  of   the   Kit  ka-hoct 
Band,  viz: 

LA-ROO-RUTK-A-HAW-LASnAR.     JSight  Chief 

La-roo-ra-shar-roo  COSH.    A  Man  that  left  his  Enemy 
lying  in  the  Water. 
A  noted  brave.     Height,  5.10  ;  head,  23  ;  chest,  39. 

Tec-ta-sha-cod-dic.     One  ichoHtrikes  the  Chiefs  first. 

Second  chief  of  his  band,  and  one  of  four  noted 
:  ■  ;  brothers  (see  No.  552),  preeminent  in  their  tribe  for 

bravery  in  war  and  Wisdom  in  council.     Height,  5.8; 
head,  23;  chest,  39. 

Te-low-a-lut  LA-SHA.    Shy  Chief 

A  chief,  and  a  brave  leader  of  his  band,  taking  the 
first  place  in  war  or  peace.  Was  killed  by  the  Sioux 
in  the  massacre  of  the  Pawnees  in  1873,  while  hunting 
buffalo  in  the  valley  of  the  Kepublican. 

Baptiste  Bayhylle,  or  La-shara-se  rK-ter-rek. 
One  whom  the  OVeat  Spirit  smiles  upon. 
United  States  interpreter,  French  half-bre(»d. 
550-1.  Night  Chief  and  The  Man  that  left  his  Enemy 
lyin(3  in  the  water. 


PAWNEES PAWNEES. 

554-5.  Baptiste  BayhVlle. 
660.  Te-low-a-lut  LA-SHA.     Sky  Chief. 
The  same  as  in  No.  552,  No.  4. 


67 


558-9. 


\  COO-TOWY  GOOTS-00-TER  A-OOS.Cfwe  Hrtit'fr. 

I .  Petahowekat. 

Tuc-CA-Rix-TE  TA-RU-PE  ROW.  Coining  around  with  the 
Herd.  TETAnOWERAT. 

556-7.  Perrus  kit'I'Y-busk.     Small  Boy.  Skeedee. 

575.  LooKiT-TOWY-Hoo  RA.     On  a  fine  Horse. 

Petahowerat. 

57G.  LUH-SA-COO-RE-CULLA-HA.     Particular  in  the  Time  of  Day. 

KiT-KA-HOCT. 

577.  La-roo-ohuk-a-rar-oo.     Ihe  Sun  Coming  in.    Chowee. 

578.  Se  rar-wot-COWY.      Behind  the  one  that  strikes  first. 

J  Skeedee. 

579, 585, 607.  Caw-caw-kitty^-busk.   Little  Raven.   Skeedee. 

580.  As-SAu-TAw-KA.     White  Horse.  Petahowerat. 

581.  LooTS-Tow-ooTS.    Eattlesnalce.  Skeedee. 

582.  KE-WUK.      Fox.  ,  '  KiT-KA-HOCT. 

583.  Ke-wuk-o-we-terah-rook.    Acting  a  Fox.     Skeedee. 

584.  Kit-tgox.    Beaver.  Kit-ka-iioct. 
586.  As-sow-weet. 

592.  As-sow-WEET  AND  Sawka.     White.  '        Chowee. 
589.  Ter-ra-re-caw-wah.                               Petahowerat. 

Died  in  1875 ;  the  oldest  chief  in  the  tribe.     Very 
prominent  in  his  day  as  a  brave  warrior. 
591.  Caw-heek.    An  Old  Man.  Kit  ka-hoct. 

\  Loo-kit  towy-hissa.     On  a  Fine  Horse.        Skeedee. 

593.  < 

(  Are  w AUKS.    A  Male  Calf.  Chowee. 

594.  Loots-tow  oos.    Rattlesnake,  and  squaw,  Skeedee. 

595.  E-raii-cot-ta  HOT.    In  the  Front  of  Battle,  and  squaw. 

Skeedee. 

Alias  Jim  Curoux.    A  steady  worker,  and  wearing 
citizens'  dress. 


696.  A-RUS  SAW-E-ROOT-cowY.    A  Nicc  Horse. 


Skeedee. 


68 


CATALOGL.^    OF    INDIAN   PHOTOGRAPHS. 


507.  CuROOX-TA-Ei  HA.    Good  Bear.         '  Skeedee. 

598.  Ta'-TOWY-GGT-SE.    Beginning  to  go  to  War.        Skeedee. 
^  Alias  JoHnson  Wright.    A  civilized  [iidiau. 

5'J9.  Ke-wuk-g-car-warry.    Fox  on  the  War- Path.  Skeedee. 
Alias  Fat  George.  Assistant  carpenter  at  the  agency. 
«)00.  Cavv-oaw-ke-reek.     Croio  Eyes.  Tetahowerat. 

60i.  Kee-week-owar-uxty.    Medicine  Bull.  Skeedee. 

602.  Tec-ta-sha-cgd-dic,     One  who  striJces  the  Chiefs  first. 

KlTKAHGOT. 

603.  Le-ta-cuts-a-war-uxt Y.    medicine  Eagle.        Skeedee. 

604.  Ta-cawdeex-taw-see-ux.    Driving  a  Herd.    Skeedee. 

605.  Ui^-CAW-DA  WAR-UXTY.     Medicine  Antelope.  Kitka-hgot. 

606.  Ter-ra-ha-tu-riha.     Good  Buffalo.  Petahgwerat. 

608.  Sit  TE-RGW-E-nGG-RA-REEK.    Seen  by  All.         Skeedee. 

609.  LoG-KiT-TowY-His-SA.    On  a  Fine  Horse.  Skeedee. 

610.  Paw-uoo-cut-taw-wau.     Knee-Mark  on  the  Ground  on 

Stooping  to  Brink.  Skeedee. 

6U.  Squaw  and  Pappggse. 

52%  507-8.  The  village  gf  the  Pawnees. 

Situated  on  the  Loupe  Fork  of  the  Platte  River, 
about  100  miles  west  of  Omaha.  It  was  divided  into 
two  parts,  the  Skeedees  oc-^upyiiig  one  part  by  them- 
selves, and  the  other  three  bands  jointly  in  the  other. 
The  entire  village  accommodated  about  2,500  people. 
Each  lodge  was  capable  of  holding  several  families ; 
they  were  formed  by  erecting  several  stout  posts  in  a 
circle,  forked  at  tne  top,  into  which  cross  beams  were 
laid,  and  against  these  long  poles  were  inclined  from 
the  outside  toward  the  centre;  all  was  then  covereil 
with  brush,  and  llnally  with  earth,  leaving  a  hole  at 
the  apex  for  the  escape  of  smoke,  and  a  long  tunnel- 
like entrance  at  the  base.  This  village  is  now  (1876) 
entirely  destroyed,  and  the  Indians  removed  to  the  In- 
dan  Territory. 

524,560.  A  MUD  lodge.  -^    —  ^     -- 

In  (he  Pawnee  village,  showing  the  ttuineMike  en- 
tra.  u      (See  No.  523.) 


PAWNEES WICHITAS. 


69 


537-9.  SoHOOL  BUILDING  on  the  Pawnee  reserve,  on  the  Loupe 
Fork,  Nebraska. 

573-4.  Groups  of  the  head  men  of  the  tribe. 
525-7.  Groups  of  Indian  children  (attending  the  board- 
ing-school on  the  reservation). 

The  first  shows  the  yonnger  children  of  the  primary 
classes,  and  the  two  latter  numbers  the  older  and  more 
advanced  scholars. 

570-2,  Groups  of  children  in  their  every-day  attire,  which 
consists  principally  of  the  covering  with  which  nature 
first  Ci' fched  them. 

536.  A  Group  op  young  squaws  in  the  village. 

541-2.  Agency  buildings. 

540.  Native  painting  on  a  buffalo  skin. 

A  biography,  or  narration  of  the  principal  events  in 
the  life  of  a  prominent  chief,  by  the  means  of  picture- 
writing. 

647-9;  501-6;  587-90;  il2.  Miscellaneous  portraits  op 
Pawnees  without  information  as  to  name  or  history. 

4.  WAOOS. 

742.  Long  Soldier.    (Front.) 

743.  Long  Soldier.    (Profile.) 

5.  WICHITAS. 

744.  Assad AWA.    (Front.) 

745.  AssADAWA.     (Profile.) 

746.  ESQUITZCHEW.    (Front.) 

747.  ESQUITZCHEW.    (Profile.) 

748.  Black  Horse. 

165,  167.  Buffalo  Goad.  (Front.) 

166, 168.  Buffalo  Goad.  (Profile.) 

Wa8;one  of  the  great  delegation  of  chiefs  from  the 
In«lian  Territory  in  1872,  among  whom  were  Little 
Kaven,  Little  Robe,  Bird  Cliief,  &o.  He  impressed  all 
aa  being  a  man  of  more  than  usual  f  ')ility  and  dignity. 


«..jteBi^ii**«Ai., 


70 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


V.  SllOSnONES. 


1.  BANNACKS. 


The  Bannacks,  Bonnacka,  or  Pannaqnes,  a  small,  scattered 
tribe  of  Sboshoue  stock,  roaming  over  the  desert  plaius  of  Idaho 
aad  portions  of  the  surrounding  Territories,  were  tirst  found 
about  the  Blue  Mountains.  In  1833  Bonneville  met  them  on  the 
Snake  River,  near  the  mouth  of  the  Portneuf,  "  numbering 
about  12r  Mlges.  They  are  brave  and  cunning  vrarriors,  and 
deadly  foes  of  the  Blackfeet,  whom  they  easily  overcome  in  bat- 
tle when  their  forces  are  equal.  They  are  not  vengeful  and  en- 
terprising iu  warfare,  however,  seldom  sending  parties  to  attack 
the  Blackfeet  towns,  but  contenting  themselves  with  defending 
theirowntorritories  and  houses."  TUey  frcjpient  the  headwaters 
of  the  Snake  and  Yellowstone  countries  to  hunt  and  fish. 

They  have  generally  enjoyed  a  rei)uta.tion  for  friendliness, 
although,  iu  IHOd,  all  but  the  Eastern  Bannacks  under  Taiigee 
engaged  in  hostilities  against  the  whites. 

At  the  present  time  there  are  <»(U)  Bannacks  associated  with 
000  Shoshonees  at  the  Fort  Hall  reservation  on  Snake  River, 
where  the  attempt  is  being  made  to  c^ili/e  them.  There  are 
liOO  more  at  the  Lemhi  reservation,  when^  there  ai'e  also  310 
kSheepealoi  s,  a  band  of  the  Bminacks  living  a  retired  life  in  th«"> 
mountains  dividing  Idaho  from  Montana,  and  TiOO  Shoshonees. 


Lint  of  iJhiHtrations. 


4(1. 


Groui'  of  eight  of  the  leading  chiefs  and  braves;  photo- 
graphed at  the  Snake  River  agency  in  1872,  among 
whom  are  Paquits,  or  Uannoclf  Jim,  a  prominent  chief; 
ToTSE-CAiJK-NATSY,  The  Wkitcfiiced  Jioy,  and  Major 
Jim, 

47.  Giiour  of  a  miscellaneous  crowd  at  the  agency. 

48.  Family  Group. 

In  1871,  while  returning  from  the  exploration  of  the 
Yellowstone  region,  and  while  entiauiped  ni^ar  the  head 
of  the  Medicine  Lodge  Creek,  the  camp  of  a  family  of 
(he  Sheep-eater  band  of  Hannacks  was  accidentally  dis- 
covered near  by,  almost  completely  hidden  in  a  grove 
of  willows.  Their  tent  or  tepee  is  made  of  a  few  boughs 
of  willow,  about   which  are  thrown  an  old  canvas 


SHOSHONES COMiNCHES. 


ti 


picked  up  in  some  of  the  settlements.  The  present  of 
a  handful  of  sugar  and  some  coffee  reconciled  them  to 
having  their  photo:^raphs  taken.  In  the  group  are  the 
father  and  mother  and  live  children.  The  Sheep-eaters 
are  a  band  of  the  Binuacks,  running  in  the  moun- 
tains north  of  the  Kamas  prairie.s,  and  are  so  shy  and 
timid  that  they  are  but  rarely  seen. 

51-Gl.    Groups  and  scenes  about  the  agency. 

Eleven  views,  showing  the  various  operations  of  the 
agency,  some  of  the  idlers,  and  a  few  groups  of  squa  ws 
and  pappooses. 

2.  00MA.NCI1ES. 

A  roving,  Murlike,  and  predatory  tribe  of  Shoshone  descent, 
roaming  over  inu(!h  of  the  great  prairie  country  from  the  Platte 
to  Mexico.  Thiiir  traditions  and  early  history  are  vague,  but 
they  cl.iim  to  have  come  from  tlie  west.  They  call  themselves 
N^ailni  (live  people),  but  the  Spanish  called  thoin  (3omanches 
or  Camanches  (Lsh  Serpents  J,  the  name  adopted  by  the  Ameri- 
cans. Procuring  horses  from  the  Spaniards  at  an  early  day 
they  became  exi>ert  riders,  which,  united  with  their  daring  and 
aggressiveness,  made  them  noted  and  feared  throughout  the 
Southwest.  Engager'  in  long  and  bloody  wars  with  the  Span- 
iards, but  were  subdued  by  them  in  178;}.  Were  estimated 
about  that  time  at  r),(M)(>  warriors.  In  ISIO  lost  heavily  by  small- 
pox. Up  to  1847  were  variously  estimated  at  from  t),(H)(»  to 
12,000  in  all.  Were  at  one  time  on  a  reservation  in  Texas,  but 
were  driven  oat  of  the  Slate,  and  since  then  have  been  unre- 
lenting enemies  of  the  peo|  le  of  that  State.  The  General  Gov- 
ernment has  sot  apart  a  new  reservation  for  tiiem  in  the  west- 
ern part  of  the  Indian  Ttirritory  and  arc  gradually  drawing 
them  all  on  to  it,  though  not  without  much  trouble.  They  now 
number  1,570  in  all,  and  are  divided  into  eight  bands.  Ilavo 
made  a  commencement  in  farming,  and  have  been  induced  to 
send  a  few  of  their  children  to  an  iiuliistrial  school. 

W.  ISlackmore,  esq.,  in  an  aitiflci  on  the  North  Anu^rioan  In- 
d*ans,  thus  describes  the  Uomanche  : 

*'  These  fierce,  untamed  ■ravages  roam  over  an  immense  region, 
eating  the  raw  tlesh  of  the  bitlfalo,  drinking  its  warm  blood,  and 
plundering  Mexicans,  Indians,  and  whiles  with  Judicial  impar- 
tiality.   Arabs  and  Tartars  of  the  desert,  they  remove  their 


ill 


.  i 


III 


n 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


villages  (pitching  their  lodges  in  regular  streets  and  squares) 
hundreds  of  miles  at  the  shortest  notice.  The  men  are  short 
and  stout,  with  bright  copper  faces  and  long  hair,  which  they 
ornament  with  glass  beads  and  silver  gewgaws." 

Catliu  says  of  them  : 

"  In  their  movements  they  are  heavy  and  ungraceful,  and  on 
their  feet  one  of  the  most  unattractive  and  slovenly  races  I 
havG  ever  seen ;  but  the  moment  they  mount  their  horses  they 
seem  at  once  metamorphosed,  and  suj'prise  the  spectator  with 
the  ease  and  grace  of  their  movements.  A  Comanche  on  his 
feet  is  out  of  his  element,  and  comparatively  almost  as  awkward 
as  a  monkey  on  the  ground  without  a  limb  or  branch  to  cling 
ti;  but  the  momejit  he  lays  his  hand  upon  his  horse  his  face 
even  becomes  handsome,  and  he  gracefully  flies  away,  a  different 
being." 

List  of  illustrations. 

128.  Asa  havib.     The  Milky  Wut/.    (Front.)       Fenetathka. 

129.  Asa  havie.    The  Milky  Way.    (Profile.) 

Is  one  of  the  head  men  of  his  band,  dividing  the  otBce 
of  chief  with  Toshoway.  (No.  131.)  Has  been  one  of 
the  most  noted  raiders  into  Texas,  leading  many  bauds 
of  the  restless  young  men  of  his  tribe,  until  about  ten 
years  since,  when  he  was  badly  wounded  in  an  encoun- 
ter and  left  for  de.id  upon  ^he  field.  Is  now  endeavor- 
ing to  live  in  the  white  man's  ways,  having  had  a  com- 
fortable log  house  built  for  himself,  and  a  few  acres  of 
ground  enclosed,  which  he  is  successfully  cultivating. 
This  portrait  of  Asa  havie  was  made  in  1872,  while  on 
a  visit  to  Washington  with  a  delegation  of  his  tribe. 
Age,  about  45;  height,  5.9};  head,  23};  chest,  44}; 
weight,  about  200  pounds. 

130.  Wife  of  Asa  tiavie.    (Front.) 

131.  Wife  of  Asa  havie.    (Profile.) 

Age,  about  40;  height,  5.4;  head,  23;  chest,  38; 
weight,  170  pounds, 

132.  Timber  Bluff.    (Front.) 

133.  Timber  Bluff.    (J^roflle.) 

134.  To-sno-M'^AY.    811  rer Knife.    (Front.)  Penetathka. 


Etyw'juwww  umurmnKmt^^fnn  »aw.->rB) 


l9U3l'. 


■      /■ 


SHOSHONES — GOMANCI  lES. 


73 


135.  To  SHO-WAY.    Silver  Knife.    (Profile.)         Penetathka. 

One  of  the  chiefs  of  hia  band,  sharing  the  position 
with  Asa  havie.  Is  noted  for  good  sense  and  fair  deal- 
ing, and  has  long  been  friendly  to  the  whites.  In 
youth,  however,  was  not  behind  the  other  adventurous 
spirits  of  his  tribe  in  predatory  exploits  and  raids  into 
Texas.  Age,  about  55 ;  height,  5.6;  head,  22:^ ;  chest, 
41 ;  weight,  108. 

136.  Wife  of  Toshoway.    (Front.) 

137.  Wife  of  Toshoway.    (Profile.) 

Age,  55;  height,  4.10;  head,  21 ;  chest,  .'U;  weight, 
120. 


138-9,  140.  Asa-ioyet.     Gray  Leggings. 


(Front.) 

Penetatuka. 


•'.•!•■ 


One  of  the  leading  men  of  his  tribe,  taking  an  active 

inteiest  in  their  advancement.    Lives  in  a  house,  cul- 

tivares  the  ground,  and  has  a  good  lot  of  btock.    Speaks 

English    fluently.    Age,  45;  height,  5.10;  head,  34; 

J  f  cheft,  42. 

141-2.  Cheevers.    He  Goat.  Tamparethka. 

A  prominent  and  influential  man  in  his  tribe,  and 
chief  of  his  band. 
143-4.  Wife  of  Cheevers.  Tamparethka 

One  of  the  three  wives  of  Cheevers.  She  accom- 
panieil  him  to  Washington  with  the  delegation  in  1872. 
None  of  his  wives  have  any  children. 

145-6.  MoTHE ii  of  Cheevers.  Tamparf'aka 

147-8.  Quirts  QUIP.    Chewing  Elk.  Tamparethka. 

One  of  the  chiefs  of  the  tribe;  a  shrewd  and  able 
person,  with  considerable  executive  and  financial  abil- 
ity.    Age,  45;  height,  5.Gi^;  head,  23  ;  chest,  30. 

149, 150.  IIo-WE-OH.     Gap  in  the  Salt.  Tamparethka. 

A  cli  ief  who  is  doing  his  best  to  load  his  tribe  in  civil- 
ized ways,  as  well  as  to  walk  in  that  way  himself. 
Age,—  ;  height,  5.115^;  head,  23;  chest,  43. 

151-2.  Dauohtbr  of  Gap  in  the  Salt,  Tamparethka 

153-4.  Parry-wah-sa-men.    Ten  Bears.  Tamparethka. 

Formorly  head  chief  of  the  Taniparethkas  band  of 
Comanches.     He  died  in  November,  1872,  just  after  his 


■•"HP 


w- 

'— » 

i- 

') 

l'. 

']' 

] 

■■ 
1 

■|! 

:     k 

I 


i  ■ 


74  CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN    PHOTOGRAPHS. 

return  from  Washington  with  a  a  siting  delegation 
from  his  tribe.  Was  friendly  to  the  \.  iiites,  and  a  man 
of  influence  among  his  people,  maintaining  this  inflia- 
.  ence  and  his  chieftainship  to  the  unusual  age  of  80 
years.  .  .    ,^ 


155-6.  Buffalo  Hump. 

157-8.  Jim. 

178-9.  Native  drawings. 


Tamparethka. 
.Tamparethka. 


3.   KIOWAS. 

The  Kiowas,  or  prairie  men,  are  one  of  the  tribes  that  com- 
pose the  Shoshone  family.  They  are  a  wild  and  roving  people, 
occupying  the  country  about  the  head-waters  of  the  Arkansas, 
but  also  formerly  ranging  over  all  of  the  country  between  the 
riatto  and  the  Kio  Grande.  They  had  the  reputation  of  being 
the  most  rapacious,  cruel,  and  treacherous  of  all  the  Indians  on 
the  plains,  and  had  a  great  deal  of  inlluence  over  the  Ooman- 
ches  and  other  neighboring  Indians.  Our  first  knowledge  of 
them  was  through  Lewis  and  Clarke,  who  ibund  them  on  the 
I'aducah.  They  were  at  war  with  many  of  the  northern  tribes, 
but  carried  on  a  large  trade  in  horses  with  some  other  tribes. 
Little  rntercourse  was  had  with  them  until  185J,  when  they 
made  a  treaty  and  agreed  to  go  on  a  reservation,  but  soon  broke 
it  and  went  raiding  into  Texas.  Tlie  citizens  of  that  State  drove 
them  out,  but  in  revenge  for  the  stoppageof  their  annuities,  they 
retaliated  upon  the  Texans,  and  until  recently  the  warfare  was 
kept  up  between  them.  In  1SG9,  were  placed  on  a  reservation 
of  over  three  and  a  halt  millions  of  acres  with  some  Comanches 
and  Apaches,  but  were  restive  and  unsettled.  In  1871,  under 
their  great  chief  Satanta,  raided  Texan  again,  but  it  resulted  in 
the  capture  of  himself  and  ]3ig  Tree,  atid  their  imprisonment 
soon  after.  Wore  afterwards  pardoned  by  the  governor  of  Texas, 
in  whose  custody  they  were,  through  interposition  from  Wash- 
ington, and  restored  to  their  tribe;  but  this  did  liotseem  to  les- 
sen their  hostility,  and  new  <'.i.sturb}i rices  arose,  chiefly  in  con- 
se<pien(;e  of  raiding  parties  of  whites  from  Texas,  that  led  finally 
to  the  rearrest  of  Satanta  and  his  im[)risonment  in  Texas. 

JAnt  of  illvntration8.  '  . 

402.  Lone  Wolf.    (I'Vont.)  "^^ 

403.  LoNK  Wolf.    (I'rofile.) 


I 

1!I  f 


SH0SH0NE8 — SH08H0NES.  75 

404.  Squaw  opJjOne  Wolf.    (Front.)     '    ;  — -     ^  = 

405.  SquA-W  of  Lone  Wolf.    (Profile.)    v  ; 

406.  Squaw  OF  Lone  Wolf.    (Standiug.) 

407.  Sleeping  Wolf. 

408.  Son  of  the  Sun.    (Front.) 

409.  Son  of  the  Sun.     (Profile.) 

410.  Native  drawing. 

■   • 

4.  SHOSHONES. 

The  Sliosbones,  or  Snnkes,  are  a  tribe  inhabiting  the  coun- 
try about  the  head-waters  of  the  Green  and  Snake  Rivers,  and 
a  partof  a  great  family  of  the  same  name,  including  the  Coman- 
olies,  Utahs,  and  Kiowas.  They  occupy  nearly  all  of  the  great 
Salt  Lake  Basin,  to  the  eastern  base  of  the  Sierra  Nevada,  and 
extend  also  easterly  to  Texas.  The  Shoshonees  proper  are 
divided  into  many  bands  under  various  names,  the  most  impor- 
tant being  the  Buttalo-Eaters,  of  Wind  River;  the  Mountain 
Sheep-Eaters,  of  Salmon  River,  and  the  Western  Shoshonees, 
near  Boise,  separated  from  the  rest  of  the  triba  by  the  kindred 
Bannacks,  numbering  in  the  aggregate,  with  somes  lesser  tribes 
on  the  Humboldt,  between  five  and  six  thousand  souls.  Our 
tlrst  knowledge  of  them  was  through  Lewis  atid  Clarke,  who 
found  them  west  of  the  Rocky  INIonii tains  on  the  waters  of  the 
Columbia,  but  are  supposed  to  have  at  one  time  inhabited  the 
plain-country  east  of  the  moutitains.  James  Irwin,  United 
States  Indian  agent,  in  his  report  to  the  Commissioner,  says: 
"They  emigrated  north  about  17SI,  and  proceeded  to  the  upper 
waters  of  Green  River  uihler  a  leader  or  chief  called  Shoshone, 
or  Snake.  At  this  point  they  divided,  one  party  going  over  ou 
the  Oregon  slope,  who  are  now  called  Western  Shoshones,  and 
have  an  agency  in  common  with  tlie  Bannacks  at  Fort  Hall. 
The  other  party  constitute  the  eastern  band  of  Shoshones,  and 
bave  roained  around  the  Wind  River  Mountains  from  the  time 
mentioned  until  1808,  when  a  treaty  was  made  at  Fort  Bridger, 
that  provided  a  reservation  for  them  embracing  the  Wind  River 
Valley.  Recently  they  entered  into  a  contract  with  the  Gov- 
ernment by  which  they  ceded  a  portion  of  their  reservation, 
leaving  them  a  district  perhaps  50  miles  in  length,  and  .JO  in 
breadth,  embracing  a  beautiful  valley  on  the  east  side  of  the 
Wind  River  Mountains.  They  now  number  about  l,80l>  souls, 
and  must  have  diminished  greatly  since  the  time  of  Lewis  and 


Tf^ 


76 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


K     i 


Id       K 


Clarke.  Their  life  was  a  continued  warfare;  at  first  with  the 
Crows  and  Bhickfeet,  and  since  then  with  the  Oheyennes,  Ara- 
pahoes,  and  Sioux,  and  all  this  time  contending  almost  naked 
with  the  elements  and  struggling  for  subsistence." 

List  of  Uhistrations.  '         '      ;   • 

657-8.  Village  in  South  Pass. 

During  the  expedition  of  1870,  the  United  States  Geo- 
logical Survey  of  the  Territories  came  across  the  above 
village  of  Slioshoues,  numbering  nearly  one  hundred  lodges, 
encamped  among  the  southern  foot-hills  of  the  Wind  River 
Mountains,  where  the  above  and  some  of  the  following 
views  were  secured.  They  were  under  the  w^ell-known  chief 
Washakie,  and  were  on  their  way  to  the  Wind  lllver  Valley 
to  hunt  bufialo  for  the  winter's  supply  of  food  and  clothing. 
Although  the  village  had  all  the  appearance  of  being  a  per- 
manent abiding-place,  yet  the  following  morning,  before  the 
sun  wjis  an  hour  high,  there  was  not  a  tent  in  sight,  and  the 
last  pack-pony  with  trailing  lodge-poles  had  passed  out  of 
sight  over  the  hills  to  the  eastward. 

659-660.  War  chief's  tent. 

The  war  chief  is  generally  a  man  of  more  importance  in 
the  village,  especially  when  in  the  neighborhood  of  enemies, 
than  the  chief  himself.  In  this  instance  his  tent,  situated 
in  the  centre  of  the  encampment,  is  adorned  with  broad 
bands  of  black,  yellow,  and  white,  rendering  it  quite  con- 
spicuous. The  war  chief,  or  his  lieutenant,  issues  forth  fre- 
quently to  announce,  in  the  far  reaching  voice  peculiar  to 
Indians,  the  orders  which  are  to  govern  their  actions, 
while  within  is  an  almost  uninterrupted  thiftnping  on  drums, 

661-2.  Washakie  and  his  warriors. 

A  group  in  front  of  the  tent  of  the  head  chief  Washa- 
kie. About  him  are  gathered  all  the  chief  men  of  the 
encampment. 

663-4.  Washakie. 

This  well-known  chief  is  a  man  of  more  than  ordinary 
ability,  and  his  record  as  a  steadfast  friend  of  the  white  peo- 
ple has  come  down  to  the  present  time  without  a  blemish. 
He  is  now  well  advanced  in  years,  but  still  retains  his 


SUOSHONES UTAHS. 


77 


vigor,  and  his  iufluetice  over  the  tribe. 


One  of  the  above 
portraits  was  made  in   the  South  Pass  encampment,  and 
the  other  is  a  copy  of  one  i^  ade  in  Salt  Lake  Cify. 
6G5-G.  Views  in  the  village.         ^ 

667-676.  Groups  of  in-door  and  out-door  subjects,  copied  from 
small  card  views  made  in  Salt  Lake  City,  and  which 
formed  a  part  of  the  first  Blackmore  collection. 


5.   UTAHS. 

The  Utahs,  Yutas,  or  Utes,  as  the  name  is  variously  written, 
are  a  large  tribe  helonjjfing  to  the  great  Shoshone  family,  and 
who  occupy  the  mountainous  portion  of  Colorado,  with  portions 
of  Utiih,  New  Mexico,  and  Nevada.    Those  living  in  the  moun- 
tains where  game  abounds  have  a  fino  physical  development, 
are  brave  and  hardy,  and  comparatively  well  to  do ;  while  those 
who  inhabit  the  sterile  plains  of  the  Salt  Lake  Basin  are  miser- 
ably poor,  and  spiritless.    We  derive  our  first  knowledge  of  the 
Utahs  from  the  early  Spanish  explorers,  who  came  in  contact 
with  them  on  the  upper  waters  of  the  Kio  Grande  del  Norte, 
and  who  gave  them  the  reputation  of  being  a  brave  and  war- 
like tribe.    Their  country  bordered  that  of  the  Navajos  on  the 
south  (the  Rio  San  Juan  now  dividing  them),  who  formerly 
ranged  as  far  north  as  the  waters  of  the  Grand,  but  were 
crowded  back  by  the  Utahs.    A  continuous  warfare  was  kept 
up  between  the  tribes,  in  which  the  Navajos  were  worsted.    The 
Utahs  were  employed  against  them  by  the  Government  at  the 
time  of  their  expulsion  from  their  country  iu  1863.    The  tribe  is 
divided  into  many  bands,  which  are  continually  changing,  but 
as  now  recognized  are  as  follows :  Capotes,  Weeminuches,  Tabe- 
guaches,  Muaches,  Grand  River,  Yampas,  Uintahs,  Peahs,  Go- 
ghips,  and  Mouaches.    The  tribe  now  numbers  in  the  aggregate 
5,260.    The  Pi-Utes,  Pi-Edes,  Timpanagos,  San-pit(;hes,  and 
others  in  Utah  are  kindred  tribes. 

The  Utahs  have  generally  been  friendly  to  the  white's,  although 
there  was  some  fighting  in  1859  and  1860  about  Pike's  Peak, 
many  emigrants  idundored  at  various  times,  and  stray  miners 
cut  off  by  disaffected  bands.  The  Cai)otes,  Weeminuches,  and 
others  in  the  southern  portion  of  the  Territory  have  been  more 
troublesome  than  those  of  the  north. 

Treaties  were  made  in  180.'{  and  1868,  giving  them  18,320 
square  miles  of  reaeivatiou  iu  the  western  part  of  the  Territory. 


78 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


•t 


N 
li 

M 


l|! 


The  southern  portion  of  it,  known  aa  the  San  Juan  region,  was 
found  to  be  rich  in  precious  metals,  and  as  it  was  already  attract- 
ing a  large  intlux  of  miners,  additional  treaties  were  made  in  1872 
for  the  cession  of  that  part  of  their  reservation.  In  1874  the  tribe 
consented  to  the  sale  of  aboat  (),()00  square  miles  for  $25,000 
a  year  forever.  Much  dissatisfaction  ensued  from  the  failure 
of  the  Government  to  promptly  carry  out  the  provisions  of  the 
treaty,  and  from  the  fact  that  much  of  their  most  valuable 
agricultural  lands  were  unwittingly  included  in  the  purchase. 

"Though  holding  a  hereditary  friendship  for  the  white  peo- 
ple and  acknowledging  the  supremacy  of  the  Government,  and 
for  the  most  part  included  under  agencies  and  receiving  Gov- 
ernment rations  to  a  greater  or  less  extent,  no  tribe  in  the 
country  is  more  averse  to  manual  labor,  or  has  yielded  4ess  to 
civilizing  influences,  partly  because  of  the  abundance  of  game 
and  partly  because  of  their  remoteness  from  settlements.'' 

List  of  illustrations. 

7G5-7,  OuRAY.     Arrow.  Tabeguache. 

Ouray  was  born  in  1834,  in  Taos,  X.  Mex.,  his  father 
being  a  Ute,  and  his  mother  a  Jicarilla  Apache.  Ho 
attended  the  Mexican  school  at  Taos,  uiuler  the  tuition 
of  Jesuit  priests,  and  accpiired  there  a  i)erfect  knowl- 
edge of  the  Spanish  language.  In  1850,  he  married, 
and  joined  his  tribe  as  a  warrior,  it  being  then  at  war 
with  the  Navajos  of  New  Mexico,  and  the  Cheyennes 
and  Arapahos  of  Colorado.  Soon  after,  in  a  tight  with 
the  Arapaiioa,  his  only  son  was  captured  and  carried 
off  by  the  enemy,  and  sifc-e  then  he  has  never  ceased, 
nor  allowed  his  tribe  lo  rest,  from  hostilities  against 
these  Indians.  In  185(5,  his  knowledge  of  the  Spanish 
language  and  auperiorexecutive  ability  secured  him  the 
position  of  Government  interpreter,  which  position  he 
hasheldever  since,  and  through  the  same  means  he  has 
gradually  risen  from  a  simple  warrior  to  be  the  principal 
chief  of  the  nation.  In  180,'J,  he  accompanied,  as  in- 
terpreter, a  delegation  of  his  tribe  to  Washington, 
when  their  first  treaty  with  the  Government  was  made. 
In  1808,  he  again,  as  chief  of  the  Tabeguaches,  in 
company  with  the  chiefs  of  the  other  tribes,  visited 
Washington,  and  it  was  mainly  through  his  induence 


a 


8II08HONE8- 


-UTAHS. 


79 


2 

H 
i) 


3 


aiul  eloqiieiioe  a  treaty  was  made,  whereby  the  Utes 
ceiled  a  large  portion  of  their  country  in  CoU)rado. 
Soon  after  hi.s  return,  the  principal  chief  of  Utes,  Xeva- 
va,  died,  and  he  became  the  aclinowledged  leader.  In 
1873,  when  the  discovery  of  rich  mines  upon  their 
lands  (the  San  Juan  region)  was  very  near  involving 
tlie  Utes  in  war  with  the  miners,  he  avoided  this  by 
agreeing  to  a  cession  of  the  lands  in  dispute,  and 
against  a  strong  opposition  from  the  greater  portion  of 
the  nation.  As  a  chief  he  is  very  strict  with  his  peo- 
ple, punishing  all  crimes,  and  sometimes  simple  dis- 
obedience, with  death ;  but  he  is  very  iiind  neverthe- 
less, and  has  gained  his  influence  more  through  moral 
suasion  than  command.  He  is  a  steadfast  friend  of 
the  whites,  and  has  never  lifted  his  hand  against  any 
of  them,  though  some  of  his  people  have  at  times  been 
on  the  point  of  making  war.  Ouray  is  quite  wealthy, 
owning  a  herd  of  several  hundred  horses,  among  which 
are  some  famous  racers,  and  also  large  floclis  of  sheep. 
He  lives  at  the  Government  agency  in  a  comfortable 
house,  in  a  somewliat  civilized  style,  and  has  a  carriage 
with  driver,  while  his  people  live  altogether  in  tents. 
The  Government  places  great  confidence  in  his  ability 
and  fc>..ggestions,  and  he  has  managed  to  keep  the  Utes 
at  peace  with  the  fast-encroaching  people  of  Colorado. 

768.  GuERO. 

Present  chief  of  the  Tabeguache  Utes.  (iuero  be- 
longs to  that  class  of  chiefs  among  the  Indians  who 
generally  succeed  their  fathers  as  leaders  of  a  band 
which  hunts  and  fights  in  a  separate  party.  He  has 
about  50  lodges  in  his  band,  and  therefore  has  con- 
siderable influence.  When  younger  he  distinguished 
himself  in  the  wars  against  the  Navajos,  but  in  later 
years  has  abandoned  his  warlike  proclivities.  He  is  a 
staunch  supporter  pf  Ouray's  peace  policy  with  the 
Government,  ami  generally  lives  at  the  agency,  assist- 
ing the  agent  in  the  distribution  of  the  annuity  goods 
and  provisions. 

772-3,  781.  Shavano.  Tabeguache. 

_,,  .,^^_  ...  War  chief  of  the  Tabeguaches,  and  the  most  promi- 

nent warrior  among  the  Utes.    The  Arapahoes  and 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


2.2 


1^ 


2.0 


11118 


1.25      1.4 

1^ 

^- ■ 

6"     — 

► 

Hiotographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


r^ 


i\^ 


iV 


4: 


;\ 


\ 


6^ 


23  WIST  MAIN  STMET 

WIBSTI«,N.Y.  14ii«0 

(716)  •72-4503 


A^. 


% 


#/- 


1 


'•    ,<     • 


■PMBHPn 

• 


I 


'V'^ 


if 


80  CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN    ^OTOGRAPHS. 

Cheyennes  fear  aud  liato  him;  he  never  goes  ou  the 
war-path  but  brings  back  a  scalp  of  his  enemit's.  Has 
distinguished  himself  often  by  the  fierceness  of  his 
attack,  generally  going  into  a  fight  naked,  and  has 
been  wounded  several  times  in  such  encounters.  In 
the  council  he  is  always  for  peace  with  the  whites, 
:  •'  and  has  used  his  influence  to  make  those  treaties 
'"  whereby  all  difficulties  were  obviated.     He  is  an  elo- 

quent orator,  and  when  speaking  is  often  applauded 
by  his  people. 

751.  Tapuche.  Capote. 

A  young  chief  of  the  Capote  band  of  Utes,  sou  of 

Sobita,  their  principal  chief.    The  latter  is  now  very 

(.  old,  and  does  not  attend  to  the  duties  of  his  office,  his 

i  sou  taking  his  place.    Both  are  strong  supporters  of 

Ouray  and  his  peace-policy.  Tapuche  was  the  delegate 

!    <  ,   .      of  ais  tribe  to  visit  Washington  and  confirm  the  treaty 

of  1873. 

752.  MAUTcniCK.  Muachb. 

A  young  chief  of  the  Muache  Utes,  who  has  during 
the  last  few  years  gained  considerable  influence,  and 
is  now  considered  the  war  chief  of  his  band  in  place  of 
Curacanto.    Was  also  delegate  to  Washington  in  1873. 

Co-uo.     The  lame  man.  MuAOHB. 

758.  Anteuo.     Oraceful  Walker. 

700.  Wane- no.     Yellow  FUmer. 

702.  Tauiyuna.     One  Who  Wim  the  Race, 

7()4.  KoMUS. 

An  intelligent  young  rndian  of  the  Uinta  band,  who 
was  brought  east  by  Major  Powell,  of  the  Colorado 
exploring  expedition,  who  ediu;ated  hitn,  and  then 
employed  him  as  a  clerk  in  his  oflice  in  Washington, 
but  died  suddeidy  a  short  time  since. 

769.  John.  Yampah. 

A  young  warrior  of  tlu^  Yampah  Utes,  well  known 
among  the  people  of  (/olorado  by  the  8oubri(iuet  of 
"  Jt)hn,"  and  as  a,  particularly  good  tVi<Mid  of  tl«e  white 
settlers.  Died  suddv'uly  ul  the  Hot  Springs  in  Middle 
Park  in  1873. 


754. 

756- 
751) 
701 
763- 


SHOSHONES — UTAHS. 


81 


770.  KwA-KO-NUT.     A  King,  and  M.OBE.         -    r    -     MuAOHE. 

771.  CU-RA  CAN-TE.  MUACHE. 

The  old  war  chief  of  liis  band,  and  in  former  days 
quite  noted  for  his  independent  raids  into  the  country 
of  the  Cheyennes  and  their  allies.  In  the  winter  of 
1868-'i>9  he  organized  a  body  of  JOO  warriors,  and,  as 
leaderofthe8e,wa8attached  to  thecolumn  under  Colonel 
Evans,  operating  against  the  Kiowas  and  Oomanches, 
which  campaign  ended  in  the  surrender  of  these  Indi- 
ans. He  is  now  quite  old  and  has  lost  much  of  his 
influence,  his  son  Maut  chick  succeeding  him. 

774.  Wa-eets  and  Shavano.  Tabeguache. 

775.  Group  representing — 
Ouray. 
Shavano. 

GUERO.  ■ 

Ankatosh.  -., 

Wa-rets.  .",...-;:,,'; 

776.  Group  of  seven,  representing — 

"   JOUN."  .,:■"•-         '  '  ■ 

MA-KU-TCHA-WO  or  tS^-PE-A. 

Cu-racan-te. 
T0HIIIM.Y,  or  Black  Bear. 
KwAKO-NVT,  or  A  King. 
"Mose." 
Mexicano. 

777.  SURIAP.  Yampah. 

A  son  of  Lodge  Pole,  a  prominent  chief  and  a  war- 
rior in  his  band.  Was  one  of  a  delegation  to  visit 
Washington  in  18(58  to  make  the  treaty  with  the  Gov- 
ernment. He  has  not,  however,  come  up  to  the  ex- 
l)ectiition8  of  his  people,  as,  although  a  young  man,  ho 
lias  not  distinguished  himself  jn  any  way,  so  that  he 
remains  a  simple  warrior  to  this  day. 

778.  ('uiPPiN.    Always  Riuing. 

779.  LiTTLio  Soldier. 

0 


mmmfmamiimm 


I 


:il| 


CATALOGUE  OP  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 

780.  Squaw  OF  Little  Soldier.       ,  r     >./         '^v 

782.  LOVO.     The  Wolf.  :-\ ..  :'::l:^rr-  .... -l^^.,....: 

Lovo  was  uoted  among  the  Utes  for  his  ability  in 
following  the  trail  of  man  or  beast,  hunting,  or  on 
the  war-path,  and  bad  gained  the  name  of  being  the 
best  scout.  Was  frequently  employed  as  "runner" 
by  the  Government  in  carrying  dispatches,  and  was 
uoted  for  his  promptness  in  executing  these  commig- 
sions.  Is  a  brother  of  the  chief  Guero,  and  died  i  i 
October,  1874,  while  hunting  on  the  Kepublican  Kiver. 

783.  Rainbow.  . 

784.  NiCK-A-A-GOD.     Green  Leaf.  Yampah. 

A  chief  of  the  Yampahs  and  formerly  a  man  of  con- 
siderable intlnence,  which  he  has  lost,  however, 
through  several  petty  thieving  excursions  which  ho 
has  led  against  the  whites.  He  has  but  few  followers 
left,  UihI  is  one  of  the  few  mischievous  Utes.  In  1808, 
was  delegated  to  go  to  Washington,  and  while  there 
was  considered  to  have  eiiual  infiuence  with  Ouray, 
both  being  in  favor  of  the  treaty  made  that  year. 
Speaks  English  well,  has  considerable  intelligence, 
and  a  good  knowledge  of  the  customs  of  the  whites, 
but  since  his  repudiation  by  his  tribe  le  has  not  come 
in  contact  with  them  much. 

785.  Pe-Ah,  or  BlaeJcTail  Deer. 

A  young  chief  of  the  Grand  River  band  of  Utes. 
As  a  delegate  of  his  tribe,  he  helped  to  make  the 
treaty  of  1808  in  Washington,  and  signed  it;  butsince 
then  he  has  never  acknowledged  it,  and,  with  his 
band,  has  kept  off  the  present  reservation,  camping 
generally  near  Denver.  He  has  about  35  lodges,  or 
200  people,  with  him.  He  is  a  nephew  of  the  late 
principal  v\\\q(  Necava,  who  died  in  1808.  He  is  quite 
a  young  man,  very  adroit  and  ambitious,  an<l  p(/ssessed 
of  considerable  ability.  Has  distinguished  himself  as 
a  warrior  in  contests  with  the  Ara|)alioes.  He  has 
many  enemies  among  the  Utes  on  account  of  his  over- 
beari'ig  disposition  and  pri<le  of  birth  and  position, 

^  _     but  manages  to  gain  in  influence,  so  that  the  (lovern- 

ment  has  been  obliged  to  establish  a  special  agency 
for  his  band  at  Denver. 


SAHAPTINS NEZ   PERCES. 

935.  Colorado. 

787.  Sappix  and  Son. 

788.  Chu.  .    ' 
780.  Kanosh. 

790-6,  005-74.  Miscellaueons  groups,  all  copies  j    a  portiou  of 
the  original  Blackmoie  collection. 

955-9.  Ute  eNv^ampment  on  the  plains  uoar  Denver. 

960-3.  Camp  scenes  among  the  Utes  at  Los  Pinos. 

520.  Group  of  I'eah  and  his  head  nien. 


VI.  SAHAPTIXS. 

TheSahaptin  family  inhabit  the  country  south  of  theSalish, 
between  the  (Cascade  and  Bitter  Root  Mountains,  reaching 
southward,  in  general  terms,  to  the  forty-flfth  parallel,  but 
very  irregularly  bounded  by  the  Shoshone  tribes  of  the  Califor- 
nia group.  Of  its  nation'^:,  the  Nez  Percys,  or  Sahaptius  proper , 
dwell  on  the  Clearwater  and  its  branches,  and  on  the  Snake 
about  the  forks.  The  Palouse  occupy  the  region  north  of  the 
Snake,  about  the  moiith  of  the  Palouse ;  the  south  banks  of  the 
Columbia  and  Snake,  near  their  contluence,  and  the  banks  of  the 
JUower  Walla  Walla,  are  occupied  by  the  Walla  Wallas.  The 
Yakimas  and  Klikelats  inhabit  the  region  north  of  the  Dalles, 
between  the  Cascade  Painge  and  the  Columbia.  The  natives  of 
Oregon,  east  of  the  Cascade  Range,  w)<ohave  not  usually  been 
included  in  the  Bahaptin  family,  are  divided  somewhat  arbi- 
trarily into  the  Wascoes,  extending  from  the  mountains  east- 
ward to  John  Day  River,  and  the  Cayuses  from  this  rivt'r  across 
the  Blue  ^Mountains  to  the  Grande  Ronde. 

1.  NEZ  PER(1E,S. 

The  Ncz  Perciis,  or  the  Saha:>tin  proper,  inhabit  Idaho  and 
portions  of  Oregon  and  Washington.  They  style  themselves 
Nume|)o,  but  I  ewis  and  Clarke  called  them  the  (Utopunnish. 
The  origin  of  their  present  name  is  1  uried  in  obscurity.  Eaily 
in  the  present  century  they  were  estimated  to  numln'r  8,000; 
and  in  1836,  when  a  mission  was  establisluMl  among  them,  about 
4,000.  In  the  Oregon  liuliiui  war  most  of  the  tribe  remained 
friendly  and  did  ett'ective  service  for  the  whites  on  a  number  of 
occasions.     In  1854  a  treaty  was  made  ceding  part  of  their  lauds, 


'^O^Sb 


CATALOGUE  OP^  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


II 


W^' 


but  only  a  portion  of  the  tribe  recognizing  it,  led  to  a  separation, 
one  party  becoming  wandering  huntera,  while  the  other  re- 
mained on  the  reservations. 

"  Of  the  2,800  Nez  Perces  now  liviu^,  nearly  half  located  on 
the  Kamiah  and  Lapwai  reservations  iu  northern  Idaho,  and  a 
few  others  settled  on  lands  outside  the  reserve,  are  prosperous 
farmers  and  stock-growers.  The  rest  are  "  uoutreaties,''  who, 
with  other  uon-treaty  Indians  in  that  region,  make  every  exer- 
tion to  induce  the  reservation  Indians  to  lease  their  farms  and 
join  them  iu  their  annual  hunting  and  root-gathering  expedi- 
tious." 

Early  in  the  summer  of  the  present  year  troubles  arose  in  re- 
gard to  the  occupancy  of  the  Wallowa  Valley  by  white  settlers, 
it  having  been  withdrawn  iu  1875  from  the  reservation  assigned 
them  by  treaty  in  1873,  from  a  failure  on  their  part  to  perma- 
nently occupy  it.  An  Indian,  belonging  to  a  baud  of  malcon- 
tents or  non-treaties  under  the  Chief  .Joseph,  was  killed  by  some 
settlers,  when  they  insisted  upon  the  removal  of  all  the  whites 
and  the  restitution  of  the  valley  to  them.  Upon  the  refusal  of 
the  Government  to  this  denmnd,  and  further  attempts  to  com- 
pel all  the  non-treaty  Indians  to  come  into  the  reservation  at 
Lapwai,  an  outbreak  occurred  under  the  leadership  of  Joseph, 
which  resulted  iu  a  number  of  [)itched  battles,  with  great  loss  of 
life,  but  were  compelled  to  retreat,  the  forces  under  General 
Howard  pursuing  them  eastwardly  across  the  headwaters  of  the 
Snake  Kiver  and  tlirough  the  Yellowstone  National  Park,  where 
the  pnrsuit  was  taken  up  by  the  forces  under  General  Terry,  re- 
sulting fiiuilly  in  the  capture  of  Joseph  and  the  remainder  of 
his  force  by  General  Miles. 

List  of  illtistrationii. 

427-8.  Kalkal-shu-A-tash,  or  Ja«ow. 

429-431.  Ta-MASON,  or  Timothy. 

433-4.  Encami'ment  on  the  Yellowstone  River. 

The  temporary  camp  of  a  small  hunting  party,  who 
were  visiting  their  friends  the  Crows  at  the  old  agency, 
near  the  nu)uf  h  of  IShields  Uiver.  This  and  the  follow- 
ing views  were  made  in  1871: 

435-6.  TjOdges  in  the  Village. 
437.  The  Chief  of  the  Village. 


SA^IAPTINS — Warm    SPRINGS. 

438.  This  man  lias  long  yellow  hair  and  blue  eyes,  but  is  in 
every  other  respect  a  thorough  Indian.  Is  said  to  be  a 
son  of  one  of  the  expedition  under  Lewis  and  Clarke^ 

.     ja;  ,  who  visited  their  country  early  in  this  century. 

439-Ail.  Village  V LEWS.  • 

2.  WARM  SPRINGS, 

The  Warm  Springs  Indians,  so  named  from  their  location 
about  the  thermal  springs  in  Northeri  Oregon,  are  related  to 
the  Walla  Wallas,  and  number  187,  on  a  reservation  of  some  725 
square  miles,  on  which  are  also  some  300  Wascoes  andTeninoes. 
The  combined  tribes  cultivate  about  800  acres  of  the  land. 
They  are  very  well  off  in  live  stock  and  derive  some  of  their 
income  by  lumbering.  All  wear  citizen's  dress,  many  have  good 
comfortable  houses,  and  support  two  schools,  with  an  attend- 
ance of  about  50  scholars.  They  assisted  in  the  operations 
against  the  Modocs  ivt  1872,  raising  a  company  of  scouts  for 
that  purpose,  who  rendered  good  service. 

List  of  illustrations. 

1058.  Cappolas.    a  Bomy  Man. 

Took  a  prominent  part  in  the  Modoc  war,  and  dis- 
tinguished himself  by  the  capture  of  Captain  Jack  in 
the  lava-beds.  Height,  5.5.J;  circumference  of  head, 
22^. 

1001.  f^HAKA.    Little  Beaver. 

A  sergeant  in  the  company  that  captured  Capt«iu 
Jack.    Height,  5.8  j  circumference  of  head,  22§. 

1050.  Ske-metze.     Chopped  up. 

Familiarly  known  as  "  Billy."  Height,  5.4 J ;  circum- 
ference of  head,  22g. 

1054,  Ke-hey-A-kin.     Crooked  Stick. 

Height,  5.0^ ;  circumference  of  head,  21 1. 

1003.  HiSTO.     Clam  Fish. 

Height,  5.73 ;  circumference  of  head,  22^. 
1050.  Wey-a-tat-han.    Owl. 

The  married  man  of  the  party,  his  wife  accompany- 
ing him  on  his  travels.  Was  wounded  in  the  lava- 
beds,  and  with  Ave  others  were  the  scouts  who  flrsli 
discovered  Captain  Jack's  hiding-place  in  the  cave. 


•r^fsm  ■mmsmn'i 


■w 


UMIMH 


86 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


lOCJt.  Chin- CHIN- WET.    Alone. 

Wife  of  Weyatathan.  A  very  comely  and  ititelligeut 
Indian  woman,  of  whom  but  very  few  are  found  among 
the  far  western  tribes.  Height,  4.11^;  circumference 
of  head,  21  J. 

1057.  Semeo,  or  Umatilla  Jim. 

3.  WASCOS.  ^  \ 

The  Wascos,  like  the  Warm  Springs  Indians,  are  related  to 
the  Walla  Wallas,  and  through  them  to  the  Sahaptin  family. 
The  name  signifies  "  basin,"  and  the  tribe  derives  its  name,  tra- 
ditionally, from  the  fact  that  formerly  one  of  their  chiefs,  his 
wife  having  died,  spent  much  of  his  time  in  making  cavities  or 
basins  in  the  soft  rock  for  his  children  to  fill  with  water  and 
pebbles,  and  thereby  amuse  themselves."  They  came  originally 
from  around  the  Dalles.  Are  associated  v;ith  the  Warm 
Springs  and  Teninoes  on  a  reservation  in  Oregon  just  south  of 
the  Columbia.  Now  number  203,  profess  the  Christian  religion, 
and  .are  more  advanced  in  civilization  than  any  tribe  in  the 
State.  All  the  tribes  of  this  reservation  are  self-supporting, 
deriving  about  half  their  subsistence  by  agriculture  and  the  rest 
by  fishing  and  hunting. 

List  of  illnstrattons.  - 

10G2.  Kle-mat-chosny.    A f^ate  Arrow- Point . 

Is  a  chief  and  a  member  of  the  Presbyterian  Church, 
and  a  zealous  worker  for  the  spiritual  welfare  of  his 
people.    Height,  5.62  ;  circumference  of  head,  213. 

lOCO.  Stat-tla-ka.    Polecat. 

Height,  5.4;  circumference  of  head,  20[j. 

1055.  OsGATL  ^lA.RK,  or  Little  Vessel.  , 

Height,  5.5  ;  circumference  of  iiead,  2.'iJ. 

VI[.  KLAMATHS. 

1.  KLAMATHS. 

A  comprehensive  name  applied  to  this  as  well  as  to  several 
tribes  on  the  Klamath  Eiver,  dilloring  in  language  and  type. 
Live  mainly  by  fishing  and  root-digging.     IJy  treaty  in  1804  the 


. 


.. 


. 


KLAMATHS KLAMATHS. 


Klainatbs  and  Modoca  ceded  all  their  lands,  reserving  a  small 
tract  on  Klamath  Lake,  in  Oregon,  of  1,G00  square  miles,  the 
Governm^!it  to  pay  $8,000  in  fifteen  years,  as  well  as  other 
large  sums  for  subsistence.  Much  of  their  reservation  is  moun- 
tainous, only  a  small  portion  being  tit  for  cultivation.  The 
Klamaths  did  not  like  the  introduction  of  the  Modocs  on  their 
reservation,  and  it  eventually  led  to  the  Modoc  war.  They  now 
number  G76,  and  are  quite  prosperous.  Have  a  large  number 
of  horses  and  cattle,  but  derive  their  chief  support  by  lumber- 
ing. 

List  of  illusf rations. 

975-G.  Wal-aiks-skidat, 

Known  as  David  Hill,  cousin  of  (3aptain  Jack,  is  the 
war  chief  of  the  Klamaths  (the  parent  tribe  of  the  Mo- 
docs), and  is  recognized  as  the  leader  in  civilization  of 
all  the  Indians  of  the  Like  country.  He  is  33  years 
of  age.  He  distinguished  himself,  before  the  Indians 
'vere  gathered  into  reservations,  as  the  leader  of  the 
young  braves  of  the  Klamaths  in  their  wars  with  sur- 
rounding tribes,  and  his  military  record  shows  that  he 
/^  '  has  never  known  defeat.  He  has  always  been  the 
friend  of  the  white  man.  In  the  long  protracted  fight 
'  '  with  the  Snake  tribe,  lasting  over  eight  years,  he  was 
our  ally  as  the  leader  of  the  Klamath  warriors.  He 
commanded  the  Klamath  scouts  during  the  war  with 
Captain  Jack.  Mr.  Hill  is  a  christianized  Indian,  and 
is  a  member  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Cburch.  His 
father  was  the  first  chief  who  became  friendly  with  the 
white  man.  This  was  iu  1843,  when  he  met  Fremont 
and  acted  as  his  guide. 

977.   YUM-NIS-POC-TIS, 

(Chief  without  beads),  better  known  as  Tecumseh, 
is  the  "  medicine  man"  of  the  Klamaths,  and  is  the  de- 
scendant of  a  Ipng  line  of  "medicine  men."  He  has 
had  a  Damon  and  Pythias  friendship  with  David  Hill 
since  his  childhood.  In  his  native  tongue  he  is  famous 
as  an  orator.  He  won  great  distinction  in  the  Snake 
war,  as  Hill's  comrade;  and,  with  him,  is  the  earnest 
champion  of  civilization  in  his  tribe.  lie  is  also  a 
Methodist  and  lives  a  civilized  life  iu  the  reservation. 
Both  Tecun)seh  and  Hill  are  covered  with  scars  that 
they  have  received  in  their  desperate  conflicts. 


'TKTiTffiTriT-TrT 


flu 


CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN    PHOTOGRAPHS. 


2.    MODOCS. 


The  Modocs  were  origiually  part  of  the  Klamaths,  but  re- 
cently hostile  to  thera.  Their  name  is  an  Indian  word*ineaning 
enemies.  Their  original  territory  was  on  the  south  side  of 
Klamath  Lake,  including  some  4,000  square  miles.  Were  early 
known  as  a  treacherous  and  cruel  people,  and  up  to  1850  had 
cut  off  more  than  50  whites.  Engagements  followed  between 
them  and  the  whites  in  1851 — when  Wright  massacred  41  out  of  a 
total  of  4fi — which  were  kept  up  until  1864,  when  they  agreed  to 
go  on  a  reserve.  The  treaty  to  that  effect  was  not  ratified  for 
seven  years,  and  in  the  mean  time  were  induced  to  go  on  the 
Klamath  reserve.  Were  harassed  and  dissatisfied,  and  after- 
wards put  on  Yaniax  reservation,  but  most  of  the  tribe  left 
under  two  rival  chiefs,  Schonchin  and  Captain  Jack.  The  for- 
mer settled  peacei'bly  near  the  settlements,  while  the  latter 
went  back  to  their  old  home  and  became  troublesome.  In  1872, 
were  ordered  back  to  the  reserve,  and  upon  their  refusing  to  go 
troops  were  called  on  to  enforce  the  order,  the  citizens  joining 
in  an  attack  on  their  entrenched  camps,  but  were  repulsed. 
The  Modocs  then  retreated  to  the  "  lava-beds,"  a  volcanic  re- 
gion so  broken  up  into  great  caves  and  fissures  as  to  serve  as  a 
natural  fortification.  After  several  engagements  a  commis- 
sion was  organized  to  enquire  iuio  the  trouble,  and  while  hold- 
ing a  conference  with  the  leaders  were  attacked,  and  General 
Canby  and  Dr.  Thomas  were  killed,  (April  11, 1873.)  After  two 
months'  further  operations,  the  hostiles  were  reduced,  their 
leaders  hung,  and  the  rest  removed  to  the  Indian  Territory. 
About  100  who  took  no  part  in  the  trouble  remained  at  the 
Klamath  agency. 

List   of  illustrations.  .-ir 

1008.  Scar-Faced  Charley. 

The  famous  war  chief  of  the  lava  bed  warriors,  and 
the  greatest  of  their  soldiers.     He  was  the  most  trusted 
of  Captain  Jack's  braves,  and^  the  most  desperate  of 
i  his  fighters.    Eev.  Dr.  Thomas,  who  was  slain  at  the 

peace-commission  massacre,  on  the  day  before  his 
death  called  Scar- Faced  Charley  the  "  Leonidas  of  the 
lava-beds."  He  was  never  known  to  be  guilty  of  any 
act  not  authorized  by  the  laws  of  legitimate  warfare, 
and  entered  his  earnest  protest  against  the  assassina- 
tion of  General  Canby  and  Dr.  Thomas.     He  led  the 


f 


riH 


KLAMATHS MODOCS. 


m 


■ 


Moilocs  'against  Major  Thomas  and  Colonel  Wright 
when  the  United  States  troops  were  so  disastrously 
repulsed  and  when  two-thirds  of  our  men  were  killed 
and  wounded.  Wearied  of  the  slaughter,  he  shouted 
to  the  survivors,  "You  fellows  that  are  not  dead  had 
better  go  home ;  we  don't  want  to  kill  you  all  in  one 
day."  He  has  said  since,  "  My  heart  was  sick  of  seeing 
so  many  men  killed." 

1009.  Shack-nasty  Jim, 

The  sub-chief  of  the  tribe  and  chief  of  the  Hot  Creek 
band  of  the  Modocs ;  although  hardly  twenty  one  years 

"  of  age,  is  known  throughout  Christendom  as  one  of 

the  most  fearless  warriors  that  the  red  men  ever  sent 
to  fight  the  pale-faces.  He  led  the  tribvil  forces  that 
^  ;  suffered  moat  severely.  After  the  massacre  he  quar- 
relled with  Captain  J  ack ;  and,  with  "  Bogus  Charley," 
"  Hooker  Jim,"  and  "  Steamboat  Frank,"  became  scout 
for  General  Jeff.  C.  Davis— which  led  to  the  capture  of 
the  remnants  of  the  Modoc  army. 

1010.  Steamboat  Frank, 

One  of  the  participators  in  the  Modoc  war,  but  after 
the  massacre  of  General  Canby's  party,  left  his  tribe, 
and  as  a  scout  under  General  Davis,  did  good  service 
in  securing  the  capture  of  the  remnants  of  Captain 
Jack's  forces. 

1011.  Wi-NE-MA,  or  Toftcj/ -Ki(lf??e. 

The  modem  Pocahontas,  who,  at  the  risk  of  her  own 
life,  saved  the  life  of  Col.  A.  B.  Meacham,  cliairinauof 
the  Modoc  peace  commission,  at  the  Modoc  massacre. 
The  Oregon  Statesman  truly  says :  "A  truer  heroine 
was  never  born  in  the  American  forest  than  the  poor 
Indian  woman,  Tobey  Riddle,  whose  exertions  to  save 
one  who  had  befriended  herself  and  people  were  no 
less  daring  and  resolute  than  the  devotion  of  Poca- 
hontas. W^e  have  nowhere  read  of  a  woman,  white, 
black,  or  red,  performing  an  act  of  sublimer  heroism 
than  Tobey  Kiddle,  when,  under  suspicions  of  treach- 
ery, she  returned  to  her  people  in  the  rocks,  with  au 
almost  absolute  certainty  of  being  flayed  alive.  The 
description  of  that  event  is  one  of  the  finest  passages 


R 


mmmmmmmm 


n 


I 


4i- 


i  ' 


1 


90  CATALOGUE    OF    INDIAN    niOTOGRAPHS. 

in  Mr.  Meacbam's  speech,  and  is  a  fittiuf?  tribute  to  the 
courage  and  fidelity  of  his  dusky,  lion-hearted  friend. 
The  gratitude,  fidelity,  and  devotion  of  that  poor  squaw 
ought  to  forever  put  to  silence  and  shame  those  heart- 
less savages  who,  in  the  midst  of  a  Christian  civiliza- 
tion, are  clamoring  for  the  extinction  of  a  people  whom 
God  had  planted  where  they  were  found."  Tobey  is 
28  years  of  age,  and  the  wife  of  Frank  Kiddle.  She 
is  honored  by  all  who  know  her. 

3.   ROGUE    RIVEKS. 

The  Eogue  Rivers,  so  called  from  the  stream  upon  which 
they  have  lived  for  a  long  time,  have  also  been  known  by  the 
names  Lototen  or  Tototutna.  As  a  general  rule  the  coast  tribes 
are  inferior  in  physique  and  character  to  the  inland  tribes,  but 
an  exception  must  be  made  in  favor  of  the  liogue  liivers.  "  The 
men  are  tall,  muscular,  and  well  made,  the  women  are  short  and 
some  of  them  quite  handsome,  even  in  the  Caucasian  sense  of 
the  word."  They  are  associated  with  some  15  or  20  tribes  or 
bands  at  the  Siletz  agency,  the  whole  numbering  less  than 
1,500  souls. 

List  of  illustrations.    ' 

978.  Olilatiik,ov  George Rarvey. 

Chief  of  the  confederated  tribes  of  Indians  of  Siletz 
reservation,  Oregon,  lineal  descendant  of  a  long  line 
of  Eogue  River  chiefs,  was  captured  when  a  small  boy 
at  the  Rogue  River  war  between  the  United  States 
forces  and  the  Rogue  River  tribes  of  Southern  Oregon, 
and  carried  to  the  Siletz  reservation,  where  he  has 
lived  ever  since.  He  is  a  fine  speaker,  and  has  acted 
many  years  as  an  inierpreter.  This  office  having 
brought  him  into  close  and  constant  contact  with  Amer- 
ican civilization,  he  long  ago  abandoned  his  aborigi- 
nal habits  and  religion,  and  adopted  the  customs  and 
faith  of  the  whites.  He  is  well  known  throughout 
Oregon,  and  is  held  in  the  highest  esteem.  He  has 
been  complimented  by  the  judges  everywhere  for  his 
.  integrity  and  intelligence,  and  both  by  his  loyalty  and 

education  is  a  living  proof  of  the  folly  and  wicked- 
ness of  the  theory  that  the  Indian  can  neither  be  civil- 
ized nor  be  made  the  friend  of  the  white  race. 


! 


PIMAS PIMAS. 


VIII.  PIMAS. 


1.  PAPAGOS. 

The  Papapootaus,  as  they  style  themselves,  belong  to  the 
Pima  family,  and  have  long  resided  in  the  country  south  of  the 
Gila.  Have  always  been  at  eumity  with  the  Apaches  until 
within  the  last  year,  but  were  friendly  to  the  Spaniards,  who, 
with  a  few  exceptions,  have  maintained  missions  among  them 
continuously  up  to  the  present  time.  At  the  close  of  the  Mexi- 
can war  were  Mexican  ciHzens,  and  partly  civilized,  but  were 
not  recognized  as  such  by  the  United  States,  aiul  were  left  with- 
out an  agency  or  reservation  until  1874,  when  they  were  settled 
on  the  Santa  Cruz  Pviver,  a  tributary  of  the  Gila,  on  a  tract  of 
70,400  acres.  They  now  iiut^iber  between  5,000  and  0,000  souls. 
Have  well-cultivated  farms,  and  live  in  houses  of  their  own 
construction. 

050.  AscENCiON  Rios.    (Front.) 
651.  AscENCiON  Kios.     (Profile.)  • 

'.        '-'-.i"^''-"'  '  2.    PIMAS. 

The  Pimas,  calling  themselves  Ohotama,  are  a  portion  of  a 
family  of  Indians  of  the  same  name,  comprising,  besides  them- 
selves, the  Opates,  Eudevis,  and  Joves,  occupying  much  of 
Southern  Arizona,  Sonora,  and  Sinaloa.  Missions  were  estab- 
lished among  them  at  an  early  day  by  tlie  Spaniards,  but  tUey 
revolted  many  times,  killing  several  of  the  missionaries.  Tbey 
have  long  been  divided  into  the  Upper  and  Lower  Pimas,  the 
former  living  on  the  Gila,  in  mud-covered  huts,  a'.d  cultivating 
the  soil  extensively.  Have  been  long  associated  with  the  Mari- 
copas,  the  two  tribes  now  living  together  as  one  on  a  reserva- 
tion of  04,000  acres.  The  Pimas  now  number  4,100;  are  self- 
supporting,  wear  civilized  dress,  and  are  ready  for  the  privileges 
of  citizenship. 

653.  Luia  MOR AGUE.    (Front.)  ' 

654.  LuiG  MoRAGUE.     (Profile.)  .  ;; 

655.  Antonio  Azul.    (Front.)  ;  .  j_ 

656.  Antonio  AzuL.    (Profile.) 


I 

III 

92 

u 


I. 

V: 


Catalogue  op  Indian  photogkaphs. 

IX.  IKOQCJOIS. 
1.  senegas. 

One  of  the  Five  Iroquois  Nations  in  Western  New  York, 
comprising,  originally,  the  Siunekaas,  as  the  Dutch  called 
them,  (hence  the  word  Senecas,)  Onondaj,as,  Mohawks,  Cay- 
ugas,  and  Oneidas.  When  first  known  to  the  French,  were 
living  on  the  south  siJe  of  Lake  Ontario,  and  engaged  in  a  fierce 
war  with  their  Algonkin  neighbors.  Bf  conquest  several  other 
tribes  became  incorporated  with  them.  Missions  were  estab- 
lished among  them  by  the  French  as  early  as  1057.  In  1763 
the  Seuecas  alone,  of  theSixNatioiis,  ji)ined  in  Pontiac's  league 
to  extirpate  the  English.  During  the  Uevolution  sided  with  the 
English,  but  made  a  peace  in  1784,  and  during  the  second  war 
remained  loj-al.  Early  in  the  cel:^^Ty  part  of  the  tribe  settled 
in  Ohio,  afterwards  removing  to  the  Indian  Territory,  whore 
they  now  are  to  the  number  of  240.  The  New  York  Senecas 
still  occupy  the  Alleghany,  Cattaraugus,  and  Tonawanda  reserve 
of  66,000  acres,  where  they  all  live  in  good  houses  and  have 
large,  well-cultivated  farms,  and  are  in  every  way  a  civilized 
and  \i  ell-regulated  class  of  people. 

1048.  Dyar-yo-naa-dargadah.     One    icho  Carries  Hemlocic 
Boughs  on  his  Back. 

English  name.  Caster  Kedeye.  Was  born  on  the 
Alleghany  reservation ;  belongs  to  the  traditionary  Bear 
clan.  Is  now  President  of  the  New  York  ISenecas.  Does 
not  speak  English,  but  is  an  eloquent  speak;}r  in  his 
native  tongue.  Has  been  a  councillor  three  terras.  Is 
a  farmer  and  lumberman,  and  has  also  been  a  pilot  for 
several  years  on  the  Alleghany  Kiver.  Caster  is  a 
grandson  of  Governor  Blacksnake,  the  famous  chief  of 
the  Senecas,who  died  in  1859  at  the  age  of  120  years. 
Are,  46 ;  height,  5.9 ;  head,  22J ;  chest,  43. 
1045.  Dargar-s  WEN-GAR- ANT.    Dropping  the  Stock  of  the  Oun. 

Commonly  known  as  Harrison  Halttown  ;  belongs  to 
the  Snipe  clan.  Was  born  on  the  Alleghany  reserva- 
tion. Is  the  clerk  of  the  nation,  which  position  he  has 
lield  for  the  last  eight  years.  Was  well  educated  at  a 
Quaker  school  adjoining  the  reservation,  and  speaks 
English  fluently.  Is  a  fine  speaker,  and  is  quite  noted 
as  an  orator.  Age,  47  ;  height,  5.8 ;  head,  2:i| ;  chest, 
42. 


IROQUOIS — WYANDOTS. 


93 


1046.  iroD-HO-i-YO.     Sphndid  Boer. 

Saiiiuel  Jimsou,  as  be  is  onliuarily  known,  is  one  of 
a  family  of  thirty-one  children,  and  was  born  on  the 
Alleghany  reservation  in  1837.  Is  a  descendant  of 
Mary  Jimson,  a  white  captive  among  the  Senecas, 
whose  descendants  now  nninber  111.  Is  a  larmer,  but 
also  a  fine  orator,  and  of  more  than  ordinary  ability. 
Has  been  a  conncillor  for  eleven  terms  in  snccesslon. 
Height,  6.1  ;  head,  23  ;  chest,  43. 

1017.  John  Irvin». 

President  of  the  peacemakers'  court.  Is  a  grand- 
sou  of  Governor  Blacksnake.  Age,  oO;  height,  5.9^; 
h'^'id,  22 :  chest,  44. 

979.  Myron  Silveriieels. 
98^.  Groups  comprisino  1045-40-47. 
715.  a  daughter  of  general  parker. 
Copy  from  an  old  daguerreotype. 


2.   WYANDOTS. 

The  Wyandots,  or  Hurons,  a,  western  Iroijuois  tribe,  lived 
originally  on  the  shores  of  Lake  Huron,  where  they  raised  to- 
bacco to  such  an  extent  that  they  were  called  Petem,  or  Tobacco 
Indians.  Were  driven  west  to  Wisconsin  and  to  the  chores' of 
Lake  Superior,  and  by  the  Sioux  back  again  to  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Detroit,  where  they  remaineil  up  to  the  close  of  the 
wars  between  the  U»'.ited  States  and  England.  In  1832  ceded 
all  their  lands  in  Ohio  to  the  Government,  and  087  were  re- 
moved to  Kansas,  where  they  have  since  resided,  at  the  junction 
of  the  Kansas  and  Missouri  Rivers.  In  1855  many  became  cit- 
izens, and  had  their  lands  divided  among  them,  the  others  being 
removed  to  the  Indian  Territory,  where  they  now  are,  number- 
ing 258  souls.  Some  of  the  VVyaiidots  remained  near  Dctioit, 
and  by  treaty  with  the  English  government  were  assigned  a 
reservation  on  the  Detroit  River  of  23,000  acres,  where  they  yet 
remain,  but  have  declined  within  the  present  century  from  200 
to  72.    Their  hereditary  king  remained  with  the  Canadian  band. 


BimL^Lm^si&imj^i^s^'£i<s3aBlt 


''-♦.■■^ 


94 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


List  of  illustrations. 

981.  Mathf.w  Mudeater. 

Head  chief  of  the  Wyandots,  autl  a  delegate  in  1876 
to  Waahiagton,  with  power  to  settle  all  complications 
between  his  tribe  and  the  Government  growing  out 
of  sundry  treaties.     Was  born  in  1813,  in  Canada. 

982.  Nicholas  Cotter. 

A  councillor  in  his  tribe,  and  delegate  to  Washing- 
ton with  IMudeater,  1875.  Was  born  in  Canada  iu 
1822. 

X.  MUSKOGEES.  ' 


1.  creeks. 

The  Creeks  are  known  in  their  own  language  as  the  Musko- 
kee  or  Muskogee  and  occupied  originally  the  greater  part  of 
Georgia,  Alabama,  and  Florida.  Their  traditions  say  that  they 
emigrated  from  the  Northwest  until  they  reached  Florida,  when 
they  fell  back  to  the  country  between  the  headwaters  of  the 
Alabama  and  aavaniuih  rivers.  As  this  wiis  full  of  small  rivers 
and  creeks  it  was  called  by  the  early  settlers  the  creek  country, 
hence  the  name  of  the  Creek  Indians,  who,  when  first  known  to 
the  whites,  were  living  tliere.  Those  remaining  in  Florida  were 
called  the  Seminoles  or  Isti-semole  (wild  men).  The  nation  be- 
came a  confederacy  of  tribes  speaking  other  languages,  modify- 
ing somewhat  the  original  Muskogee,  but  who,  nevertheless, 
numbered  seven-eighths  of  their  whole  number.  Before  a  domi- 
nant power  was  established  in  the  South  they  were  courted  by 
the  S' aiiish,  IVrench,  and  English,  and  were  about  eciually 
divided  in  their  allegiance  to  these  nations,  but  the  flind  success 
of  the  Fnglisl^  brought  them  entirely  under  their  influence. 
"  They  took  an  active  part  in  the  war  of  the  Kevolution  against 
the  Americans,  and  continued  their  hostilities  rill  the  treaty'con- 
cluded  at  lMiiladeli>hiain  1795.  They  then  renuiined  at  peace 
eighteen  years ;  but  at  the  beginning  of  the  last  war  with  (Jreat 
Britain  a  considerable  portion  of  the  luUion,  excited,  it  is  said, 
by  Tecumseh,  and  probably  ret^eiving  encouragemeni;  from 
other  sources,  took  arms  witliout  the  slightest  provocation,  and 
at  tirst  committed  great  ravages  in  the  vicinity  of  their  western 
frontier.  Tiiey  received  a  severe  chastisement,  and  the  deci- 
sive victories  of  (}»'neral  .Fatrkson  at  that  time,  and  some  years 


MUSKOGEES  —CREEKS, 


95 


later  over  the  Semiuoles,  who  bad  renewed  the  war,  have  uot 
only  secured  a  permanent  peace  with  the  southern  Indians,  but, 
together  with  the  progress  of  the  settlements,  have  placed  them 
ail  under  the  absolute  control  of  the  United  States.  The  Creeks 
and  Semiuoles,  after  some  struggles  among  themselves,  have 
ceded  the  whole  of  their  territory  and  accepted  in  exchange 
other  lands  beyond  the  Mississippi." — Gallatin. 

Twenty-fojr  thousand  live  hundretl  and  ninety-four  were  re- 
moved west  of  the  Mississippi,  only  744  remaining  on  their  old 
hunting-grounds.  At  the  breaking  out  of  the  civil  war  the 
western  Creeks  numbered  Jess  that  10,000.  The  tribe  divided 
and  engaged  in  pitched  battles  against  each  other,  the  Unionists 
suffering  badly,  many  fleeing  to  Kansas.  They  were  brought 
together  again  after  the  war,  and  in  1873  numbered  13,000,  on 
a  reservation  of  over  3,000,000  acres  in  the  Indian  Territory. 

By  the  report  of  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs  for  1870, 
they  were  numbered  at  14,000,  including  3,000  mixed-bloods, 
and  all  wearing  citizeuvs'  dress  and  living  in  good  houses.  They 
have  30  school  buildings,  with  an  attendance  of  about  750  pu- 
pils ;  over  $24,000  was  expended  upon  their  education.  There 
are  20  churches  on  the  reserve,  with  a  membership  among  the 
Creeks  of  over  3,000.    They  rank  among  the  tirst  of  civilized 

tribes. 

List  of  illmtmtions. 

07.  Lo-ciiA-HA-JO,    -The  DnmJccri  Terrairin.  . 

Served  as  a  first  lieutenant  in  the  Union  Army  dur- 
ing the  rebellion,  and  was  at  that  time  and  is  now  the 
leading  spirit  of  the  loyal  Creeks.  Is  the  treaty-mak- 
ing chief.    Age,  about  35. 

98.  Tal-wa  MiKO.     Toim  King. 

Commonly  known  as  John  McGilvry.  Is  a  brother- 
in-law  of  Oporthleyoholo,  a  famous  chief  of  the  last 
generition,  and  stood  by  him  during  tlieir  ^strnggles 
with  and  flight  from  the  rebel  Creeks.  Is  at  the  pres- 
ent time  the  second  leading  spirit  of  the  loyal  Croeks. 
Age,  about  30. 

99.  Tam-si-pel-MAN.     Thompson  Verryman. 

First  organizer  of  the  loyal  Creeks  that  came  north 
during  the  rebellion.  Was  a  councillor  of  Oi^rthle- 
yoholo,  and  a  steadfast  adherent  to  the  treaties  made 
with  the  (fovornment.     Age,  about  40. 


■ 


96 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


I 

1^ 


100.  HOTUL-KO-Mi-KO.     Chief  of  the  Whirlwind. 

English  mjue,  Silas  Jefferson;  is  of  mixed  African 
and  Creek  parentage ;  born  in  Alabama  and  raised 
among  the  Creaks  in  that  State,  removing  with  themi 
to  their  present  home  in  the  Indian  Territory.  Is  to 
all  intents  and  pnrposes  one  of  the  tribe,  taking  a  wife 
from  among  them,  and  sharing  all  their  troubles.  Was 
interpreter  for  the  loyal  Creeks  daring  the  war,  and 
is  now  the  official  interpreter  of  the  nation.    Age,  45. 

102.  Group  of  the  preceding  chiefs. 

103.  KoT-CO-cu,  or  Tiger, 

Served  in  the  Union  Army  as  a  lieutenant.    Was 
;  one  of  the  council  in  IVaming  the  treaty  of  1866.    la 

1871  was  a  candidate  for  chief,  but  was  defeated,  and 
died  shortly  after. 

104.  Okta-hasas-hajo,  or  Sand. 

The  predecessor  of  Lochaha-jo  as  the  treaty-mak- 
ing chief  of  the  nation,  and  second  chief  under  Opor- 
thleyoholo.  Was  among  the  first  to  join  the  Union 
forces  during  the  rebellion.  Was  chief  of  the  council 
that  framed  the  new  constitution  in  1866.  lias  not 
been  educated,  but  has  great  natural  ability,  and  Is  of 
an  extremely  sensitive  and  kindly  disposition. 

105-107.  Family  of  George  Steadman.    (Half-bloods.) 
108.  A  Creek  Brave. 

2.  seminoles. 

"The  IstiSemole  (wild  men)  who  inhabit  the  peninsula  of 
Florida  (1830)  are  pure  Muskogees,  who  have  gradually  de- 
tached themselves  from  the  confederacy,  but  were  still  con- 
sidered members  of  it  till  the  United  States  treated  with  them 
as  with  an  independent  nation.  The  name  of  Seminoles  was 
given  to  them  on  account  of  their  being  principally  hunters  and 
attending  but  little  to  farming." 

Were  very  hostile  to  the  Americans  up  to  the  cession  of  Flor- 
ida in  1811),  but  a  treaty  was  finally  made  with  them  in  1823. 
Other  treaties  followed  looking  to  their  removal  westward,  in 
attempting  to  carry  out  wliich  a  ^var  ensued,  lasting  from  1835 
until  1842.    i^early  2,000  had  then  been  removed,  leaving  about 


MUSKOGEES CHICKASAWS. 


»7 


300  iu  Florida,  and  145  of  these,  under  Billy  Bowlegs,  joined  the 
western  baud  in  the  Indian  Territory  in  1858.  Had  much  trouble 
in  getting  settled  upon  a  reservation,  locating  finally  upon  a 
tract  of  200,000  acres  bought  of  the  Creeks,  where  thej"  now 
number  2,553 — a  prosperous  and  civilized  tribe. 

List  of  iUustt'atio7is. 

714.  O-LAC-TO-Mi  CO.    Billy  Bowlegs. 

The  well  known  and  famous  leader  of  the  Seminoles 
iu  the  Florida  war,  1835-'42,  but  was  finally  compelled 
to  remove  with  the  remnants  of  his  tribe  to  the  Indian 
Territory. 

3.   CHICKASAWS. 

When  tirst  known  the  Chickasaws  were  located  north  of 
Mississippi  on  the  Cumberland  and  Tennessee  Rivers.  Were 
mixed  up  in  the  early  French  and  English  wars,  remaining 
loyal  to  the  English  up  to  1783.  Operated  with  the  Americana 
against  tjie  Creeks  in  1793.  Commenced  to  migrate  west  of 
the  Mississippi  early  in  the  present  century.  Sold  their  lands 
to  good  advantage  and  amassed  considerable  wealth,  and  were 
in  every  way  a  prosperous,  progressive  nation.  They  purchased 
a  large  tract  of  land  from  the  Choctawa,  a  tribe  speaking  the 
same  language,  and  afliliated  with  them  iu  all  tribal  affairs.  In 
1855,  on  payment  of  $150,000  to  the  Choctaws,  they  effected  a 
political  separation.  Like  the  Choctaws,  they  first  went  south 
with  the  confederates  during  the  civil  war,  but  returned  to  the 
northern  army  afterwards.  They  lost  very  much  property, 
besides  a  large  number  of  slaves. 

Their  numbers  have  not  undergone  any  material  change,  the 
latest  census  placing  their  numbers  at  5,800.  Nearly  2,000  of 
these  are  mixed  bloods.  Two  weekly  iiapers  are  supported 
between  the  Choctawa  and  themselves.  They  are  also  well 
supplied  with  churches,  schools,  and  other  appliances  of  an 
industrious,  civilized,  and  prosperous  people.  They  have  inter- 
married to  a  great  exteni;  with  the  whites,  some  of  the  follow- 
ing portraits  being  of  subjects  having  a  large  proportion  of 
white  blood  in  their  veins. 

List  of  illustrations, 

73.  J.  D.  James. 

74.  ASH-KE-UENA-NIEW. 

7 


m 


CATALOGUE    OF   INDIAN   PHOTOGRAPHS. 


75.  Sho-nion. 

76.  Annie  Guy. 

77.  A  Young  Brave. 


4.  CHOCTAWS. 

The  Choctaws,  or  Chabtas,  at  the  time  of  De  Soto's  visit  in 
1540,  were  living  south  of  the  Chickasaws,  and  west  of  the 
Creeks.  Unlike  the  surrounding  tribes,  they  were  peaceably 
disposed,  and  a  nation  of  farmers,  and  much  farther  advanced 
in  civilization  than  any  of  their  neighbors.  Coming  in  contact 
with  the  French,  Spanish,  English,  and  Americans,  they  have 
never  been  at  war  with  any  of  them.  Commenced  moving  west 
of  the  Mississippi  in  1801,  and  by  1830  had  excha  nged  all  their 
lands  for  other  in  the  Indian  Territory.  By  1861  had  advanced 
far  in  civilization,  numbering  with  the  Chickasaws  25,000,  with 
5,000  slaves.  In  the  civil  war  they  joined  first  the  South  and 
then  the  ^N^orth,  losing  a  great  deal  in  property,  and  a  reduction 
to  17,000  of  their  population.  They  now  number  16,000,  of 
whom  two- thirds  are  of  mixed  blood.  Are  governed  by  a  written 
constitution ;  elect  their  chief  every  four  years ;  have  a  council, 
consisting  of  40  members,  and  a  judiciary,  and  trial  by  jury. 

Of  the  following  subjects,  nearly  all  are  of  mixed  blood. 


List  of  illustrations. 


88.  Israel  Folsom. 

89.  Peter  Folsom. 

90.  Samuel  Folsom. 
91. Folsom. 

92.  Faunceway  Baptiste. 

93.  B.  L.  Le  Flore. 

94.  Samuel  Garland. 

95.  Colonel  Pytchlynn, 

96.  Allen  Wright. 
936-7.  Squaws. 
938-9.  Young  Boys. 


lili'i 


I  si 


ARAPAHOS. 


09 


XI.  INDEPENDENT  AND  UNCLASSIFIED  TRIBES. 

1.   ARAPAHOS. 


"Very  little  is  known  of  the  early  history  of  the  Arapahos, 
but  are  supposed  by  some  to  be  the  Querechos  of  the  early  Spt,a- 
ish  explorers.  They  called  themselves  Atsinas,  of  whom,  how- 
ever, they  are  but  a  brauch. '  The  early  Euglish  kuew  them  as 
the  Fall  Indians,  and  the  French  as  the  Gros  Ventres  of  the 
south.  They  were  then_;roaming  over  the  plain  country  abcut 
the  heads  of  the  Platte  and  Arkansas.  Gallatin  speaks  of  them 
as  a  detached  tribe  of  the  Rapid  Indians,  which  has  wandered 
as  far  south  as  the  Platte  and  Arkansas  and  formed  a  temi^o- 
rary  union  with  the  Kaskasias  and  some  other  erratic  tribes.  At 
the  present  time  (1802)  the  Arapahos  are  divided  into  two  por- 
tions or  bands.  The  first  portion  call  themselves  Naka-sir in, 
'  People  of  the  Sage,'  and  number  one  hundred  and  eigiity 
lodges.  They  wander  about  the  sources  of  the  South  Plfi  tte 
and  the  region  of  Pike's', Peak ;  also  northward  to  the  Red  Bui  tes 
ou  the  North  Platte.  Sometimes  they  extend  their  journeyiugs 
in  search  of  bulfalo  along  the^foot  of  the  Big  Horn  Mountnns 
in  the  Crow  country.  The  second  band  call  themselves  Na-with- 
i-ni-hau,  the  meaning  of  which  is  obscure.  It  implies  a  nix- 
ture  of  diflferent  kinds  of  people  of  different  bands.  They  n  im- 
ber  200  lodges,  and  range  along  the  Arkansas  River  and  its 
tributaries." — Ilaydcn. 

In  1820  Morse  estimated  them  at  10,000,  and  speaks  of  tliem 
as  a  warlike  people  and  often  making  predatory  and  murderous 
excursions  on  their  eastern  and  n(^thern  neighbors. 

The  Arapahos  affiliate  with  theXheyennes,  with  whom  they 
have  been  on  friendly  term.»  for  many  years.  Lately,  however, 
an  antipathy  seems  to  be  growing  up  between  the  two  tribes  in 
the  Indian  Territory,  and  the  Commissioner  of  Indian  Affairs 
advises  a  separation.  They  are  divided  into  two  principal  di- 
visions, known  respectively  as  the  Northern  and  Soutliern 
Arapahos.  Those  of  the  north,  numbering  1,562,  affiliate  with 
the  Cheyenues  and  Ogalalhis[at  the  Red  Cloud  agency.  They 
have  been  ordered  to  joi?)  their  southern  brethren,  and  at  the 
present  time  the  necessary  preparations  are  under  way.  The 
Southern  Apaches,  who  number  1,0G4,  with  the  Southern  Chey- 
ennes  and  a  small  band  of  Apaches,  are  temporarily  occupying 
a  large  reservation  in  the  western  portion  of  the  Territory. 
The  new  reservation  assigned  them  lies  along  the  northern  bor- 


mm 


^ 


100 


CATOLOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


der  of  the  Territory  west  of  the  Creek  and  Cherokee  couutries, 
and  was  purchased  from  them.  It  comprises  nearly  5,000,000 
acres. 

Bat  little  has  been  done  by  them  looking  toward  civiliza- 
tion, beyond  signifying  their  willingness  to  ha%^e  farms  appor- 
tioned to  them  and  in  sending  their  children  to  school. 


21.  Yellow  Bear. 
Little  Wolf. 

22.  Powder  Face  and  Squaw. 

23.  Medicine  Pipe. 
Fool  Dog. 

24.  Crazy  Bull. 
Friday. 

25.  Plenty  Bears. 
Old  Eagle. 

32-35.  Bi  nan-set.    Big  Mouth. 
36-37   White  Crow. 
38-39.  Black  Crow. 
40-41.  Left  Hand. 
42-43.  Yellow  Horse. 
44-45.  Heap  o'  Bears. 
G2-65.  Ohaste.    Little  Baven. 


Northern  Arapahos. 
Northern  Arapahos. 
.'Northern  Arapahos. 
Northern  Arapahos. 
Northern  Arapahos. 
Northern  Arapahos. 
Northern  Arapahos. 
Northern  Arapahos. 
Northern  Arapahos. 
Southern  Arapahos. 
Southern  Arapahos. 
Southern  Arapahos. 
Southern  Arapahos. 
Southern  Arapahos. 
Southern  Arapahos. 

Southern  Arapahos. 
lu  1865,  Richardswi  described  him  as  follows :  "  The 
savage,  like  Falstafl",  is  a  coward  on  instinct;  also 
treacherous,  filthy,  and  cruel.  But  our  chief,  The 
Little  Kaven,  was  the  nearest  approximation  I  ever 
met  to  the  ideal  Indian.  He  had  a  fine  manly  form, 
and  a  human,  trustworthy  face." 

909. 911.  Bird  Chief.    (Bust,  front  and  profile.) 

910. 912.  Bird  Chief.    (Standing,  front  and  profile.) 

984,5.  Friday. 

The  well-known  chief  of  the  Northern  Arapahos  and 
one  who  has  had  a  prominent  position  for  the  last 
twenty-five  years.  Speaks  English  fluently  and  always 
acts  as  his  own  interpreter. 


CADDOS. 


101 


755.  A  Young  Man. 

Living  with  and  brouglit  up  with  the  Southern  Arap- 
ahos,  but  oiainied  by  Ouray,  chief  of  the  Utes,  to  be 
his  son,  captured  in  battle  several  years  since.    Ouray 
has  made  an'appeal  to  the  Government  for  his  restitu- 
tion, but  tlie  young  man  prefers  his  present  home. 

2.   CADDOS. 

The  Caddos,  or  Cadodaquious,"  at  present  a  small  remnant 
of  a  tribe  that  once  ranged  over  the  Red  lliver  country,  where 
they  were  first  ^raet  with  in  J^'S7  by  Jontel  and  other  survivors 
of  the  La  Salle  expedition.  They  are  now  consolidated  with 
Wacos,  \Vichitas,'Keechies,  Tawaconies,  lonies,  and  Delawares, 
and  number  552,  occupying  the  Wichita  reservation  of  about 
1,200  square  miles  in  extent  between  the  branches  of  the — 

They  have  now  well-managed  farms,  and  are  noted  for  indus- 
try and  general  intelligence. 

159-lGO.  Sno-E-TAT.    Little  Boy. 

English  name,  Oeo.  Washington.  Born  in  Louisi- 
ana in  181G.  Is  probably  the  most  progressive  Indian 
on  the  reservation ;  has  long  since  adopted  the  dress 
and  customs  of  the  whites ;  owns  a  trading-store,  and 
has  a  well-cultivated  fiirm  of  113  acres,  with  good 
houses  and  improvements.  Was  captain  during  the 
rebellion  of  a  company  of  Indian  scouts  and  rangers 
in  the  service  of  the  Confederate  States  army,  and 
•  engaged  in  three  battles,  one  on  Cache  Creek,  Indian 
Territory,  with  Kiowas  and  Apaches;  one  with  Chey- 
ennes.  in  the  Wichita  Moiintains  ;  and  one  on  the  Little 
Washita,  with  renegade  Caddos. 

161-162.  Xah-ah-sa-nau.    Indian.  Anadarko. 

Commonly  known  as  Warloupe;  probably  a  corrup- 
tion of  Guadeloupe.  Was  born  near  Nacitoches  about 
1825.  ,I8  now  chief  of  the  Caddos,  and  considered 
in  advance  of  most  of  his  people.  Is  doing  his  utmost 
to  elevate  his  tribe  to  the  standard  of  the  white  man. 
Height,  5.6^;  chest,  inspiration,  37;  expiration,  3U  ;  cir- 
cumference of  head  over  ears,  21^  ;  diameter  of  head 
from  ear  to  ear,  14^. 

1C3-4.  Antelope. 

With  the  preceding  was  a  delegate  to  Washington 
in  1872,  but  died  shortly  after  his  return. 


miHmmm 


1 

I. 

I'll 

102 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


3.  CHEROKEES. 


Wbeu  first  discovered,  the  Cberokees  were  occupying  the 
moimtainous  country  about  the  headwaters  of  the  Tennessee 
Eiver  and  portions  of  Georgia  and  South  Carolina,  up  to  1830. 
They  form  a  family  by  themselves,  supposed,  however,  to  be 
somewhat  remotely  connected  with  the  Great  Iroquois  family. 
They  call  themselves  in  their  language  Tsaraghee.  According 
to  their  traditions,  they  came  to  this  country  before  the  Creeks, 
dispossessing  a  people  of  whom  there  is  now  uo  record.  Before 
and  during  the  Revolution  they  were  friendly  to  and  aided  the 
English.  A  treaty  of  peace  was  made  with  them,  by  which  they 
acknowledged  the  sovereignty  of  the  United  States  November 
28,  1785,  and  were  confirmed  in  the  possession  of  their  lands, 
occupying  a  considerable  portion  of  Tennessee  and  parts  of 
North  Carolina,  Georgia,  Alabama,  and  Mississippi,  (commenced 
migrating  to  the  trans-Mississippi  country  as  early  as  1790, 
consequent  upon  the  encroachments  of  civilization,  and  in  1818 
3,000  more  emigrated.  As  frequent  cessions  of  their  lands  had 
reduced  their  territory  to  less  than  8,000  square  miles  in  extent, 
and  also  in  consequence  of  the  hostility  of  the  Georgians,  they 
were  all  removed  in  1S38  to  their  present  reservation  in  the 
Indian  Territory,  excepting  about  1,000,  who  remained  in  North 
Carolina.  At  the  opening  of  the  civil  war  they  had  progressed 
to  a  high  degree  of  prosperity,  but  suttered  great  injury  from 
both  parties  ravaging  their  country,  and  also  in  the  emancipa- 
tion of  their  slaves.  Nearly  all  the  Cherokees  at  first  joined  the 
Confederacy,  but  after  the  tight  at  Pea  Ridge,  seeing  the  result 
doubtful,  9,000,  under  Colonel  Downing,  with  a  majority  of  the 
nation,  abandoned  the  southern  cause  and  joined  the  Union 
forces;  6,500  adhered  to  the  Confederacy  to  the  end.  At  the 
time  of  their  removal  west  the  Cherokees  numbered  about 
27,000.  In  1807  they  were  reduced  to  13,560,  but  since  then 
have  increased,  so  that  they  now  number  about  18,000.  There 
are  about  1,700  yet  in  North  Carolina,  in  a  prosperous  condi- 
tion, owning  about  70,000  acres  of  land. 

The  reservation  in  the  Indian  Territory  comprises  about 
5,000,000"  acres,  only  one-third  of  it  capable  of  cultivation,  and 
of  which  they  are  now  working  some  90,000  acres.  Their  crops 
for  1875  aggregated  630,000  bushels  corn,  70,000  bushels  wheat, 
35,000  bushels  oats,  50,000  tons  hp.y,  500,000  feet  of  lumber, 
&c.    They  have  63  scho  >ls,  attended  by  nearly  2,000  children, 


<• 


mtm 


MOQUIS. 


103 


that  are  supported  by  a  fund  of  81,580,000,  held  by  the  United 
States.  Under  their  present  constitution  they  are  governed  by 
a  national  committee  and  council  elected  for  two  years.  The 
executive,  or  ( iiief,  is  elected  for  four  years. 

The  following  portraits  show  the  effects  of  the  civilizing  in- 
fluences they  have  been  living  under,  and  also  the  extensive 
admixture  of  white  blood  among  them  by  intermarriage : 

List  of  illustrai ions. 

66.  Colonel  Downing. 

67.  lilCHAUDS.    , 

68.  Colonel  Adaie. 

69.  Samuel  Smith. 

70.   BORUM  DAVIS. 

71.  Captain  Scraper. 

72.  Bingo. 

4.  MOQUIS. 

A  tribe  of  semi  civilized  Indians  living  in  seven  villages  on 
the  plateau  between  the  San  Juan  and  Little  Colorado  Eivers. 
They  were  among  the  Pueblos  visited  by  the  expedition  under 
Coronado  in  1540,  who  named  the  region  inhabited  by  them 
the  Province  of  Tusayan.    The  Franciscans  established  mis- 
sions among  them,  but  in  the  general  uprising  of  1680  all  were 
expelled  or  killed.    Numerous  attempts  were  afterward  made 
to  reduce  them,  but  without  success,  and  they  have  remained 
independent  to  this  day.    They  have  the  reputation  of  being 
an  extremely  kind-hearted  and  hospitable  people;  are  exclu- 
sively agricultural,  raising   maize,  squashes,  pumpkins,  and 
peaches.    They  also  have  many  sheep  and  goats.    Have  suf- 
fered  much  by  depredations  from  the  Apaches  and  Navajos. 
Their  villages  are  perched  upon  the  summits  of  mesas,  from 
400  to  600  feet  in  height.    Their  houses  are  built  of  stone  laid 
in  adobe-mortar,  in  terrace  form,  seldom  exceeding  three  stories 
in  height,  and  reached  only  by  ladders.    The  women  knit, 
spin,  and  weave,  making  fine  blankets,  women's  robes,  and 
other  like  articles,  which  they  trade  to  the  neighboring  tribes. 

When  thev  first  came  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the  United 
States,  were"^  estimated  to  number  8,000.  Were  almost  de- 
stroyed by  small-pox  in  1855  and  1857,  and  lost  many  more  by  the 
famine  in  1867.    On  both  occasions  their  villages  were  aban- 


&^^.iS£s^si£ms.-rvy:  ■>• 


ww*jaaf'iL..^.'-ii.i  iiig; 


^""t  -f 


104 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


■ 


Ai 


doned,  and  the  people  scattered  among  the  mountains,  or  took 
refuge  among  the  kindred  Zuuis,  and  other  pueblos.  Are  now 
estimated  at  1,500  souls.  loey  use  no  intoxicating  drink ;  are 
industrious  and  virtuous.  The  men  adopt  the  usual  Mexican 
dress,  while  the  women  wear  a  woven  tunic  and  a  small  blan- 
ket tacked  over  the  shoulders.  Before  marriage  the  hair  of  the 
women  is  worn  in  two  large  rosettes  upon  each  side  of  the  head, 
and  after  marriage,  is  worn  ose  down  the  back  or  rolled  up 
back  of  the  head. 

Being  entirely  self-supporting,  they  have  had  but  few  agents 
and  very  little  assistance  from  the  General  Government. 
Their  remote  and  nearly  inaccessible  location  has  also  removed 
them  beyond  th'>  reach  of  most  inissionary  enterprises.  Within 
the  last  two  or  three  years  some  efforts  have  been  made  to  es- 
tabtish  schools  among  them,  supported  mainly  by  Presbyterian 
enterprise. 

List  of  illustrations. 

416.  Delegation  to  Brigham  Young. 

Copy  of  a  photograph  of  three  Moqui  Indians  from 
the  Pueblo  of  Oraybi,  delegated  to  visit  the  Mormon 
president  for  the  purpose  of  encouraging  trade. 
983.  NuMPAYU.    Harmless  Snalce. 

A  comely  young  maiden  of  the  pueblo  of  T^wa.  The 
peculiar  style  in  which  the  hair  is  worn,  as  shown  in 
this  picture,  is  a  sign  of  maidenhood.  After  marriage 
the  hair  is  allowed  to  hang  down  the  back,  or  is  gath- 
ered in  a  small  knot  at  the  back  of  the  head.  The  Mo- 
quis  dress  themselves  entirely  in  woolen  goods  oi  their 
own  manufacture,  in  which  they  are  quite  expert,  their 
women's  dress  and  blankets  forming  their  principal 
stock  ia  trade. 

1019.  T:^WA. 

1020.  House  of  the  Capitan  of  T:6  wa. 
986.  Street  view  in  T]&-wa. 
1021,988.  GuALPi  or  O  pee  ki. 

1024.  She-m6-pave. 
1023.  moo-sha-na-ve. 
1022, 991.  She-patJ-la-vay. 

1025.  House  of  the  Capitan  of  Shemo pave. 

The  above  are  four  of  seven  towns  which  are  collect- 


9. 


K 


PUEBLOS. 


105 


I 


ively  g:eiierally  known  as  the  Moquis  Pueblos.  By 
a  census  taken  in  the  spring  o*'  1877,  they  were  found 
tocontain  a  popalatiou  of  493  men,  440  women  and 
672  children,  1,604  in  all ;  of  which  Te-wa  has  132, 
Gualpi  234,  She-mo-pa- ve  181),  and  Shepau-lavay  108. 
With  the  exception  of  Oraybi,  all  these  villagres  are 
built  upon  the  summits  of  sandstone  mesas,  600  feet 
above  the  valleys  below  them,  and  from  which  has  to 
be  brought  their  water,  wood,  and  everything  they 
raise.  They  possess  considerable  flocks  of  goats  and 
sheep,  which  are  secured  every  night  in  pens  along  the 
sides  and  upon  the  summits  of  the  mesa,  ? s  shown  in 
No.  987.  Although  there  is  no  running  water  within 
many  miles,  and  consequently  they  cannot  irrigate,  yet 
they  are  quite  successful  in  cultivating  corn,  melons, 
&c.,  usually  raising  much  more  than  they  consume. 

5.  PUEBLOS. 

A  general  name  applied  by  the  Spaniards  to  several  tribes 
of  semi-civilized  Indians  in  what  is  now  New  Mexico.    The  term 
pueblo,  in  Spanish,  literally  means  the  people  and  their  toicns. 
They  were  first  visited  by  Cabeza  de  Vaca  in  1537,  who  con- 
veyed the  first  authentic  account  of  their  villages  to  Mexico, 
which  resulted,  in  1540,  in  the  expedition  of  Coronado.    As 
nearly  as  can  be  ascertained  at  the  present  time,  he  visited  and 
subdued  the  Pueblos  in  the  neighborhood  of  Zuui,  along  the 
Kio  Grande,  and  the  Moqui  of  the  province  of  Tusayan;  but 
only  occupied  the  country  two  years.     Were  finally  subdued  in 
1586,  and  the  Spanish  retained  uninterrupted  control,  with  the 
exception  of  the  period  of  the  insurrection  of  1080,  until  the 
cession  of  the  territory  to  the  United  States  in  1847.    At  the 
time  of  Coronado's  visit  they  were  as  advanced  as  now,  raising 
grain,  vegetables,  and  cotton,  and  manufacturing  fine  blankets. 
Their  houses  are  sometimes  built  of  stone,  but  generally  of 
adobe ;  are  several  stoties  in  height— three  to  five  usually- 
each  one  receding  from  the  one  below,  leaving  a  terrace  or  walk. 
The  general  plan  is  a  hollow  square,  although  in  some  cases 
they  are  built  in  a  solid  mass,  like  a  pyramid,  six  or  eight  stories 
in  height.    In  each  pueblo  there  are  large  rooms,  sometimes 
under  ground,  for  religious  observances  or  councils,  called  in 
Spanish,  estufas.    The  towns  are  sometimes  built  upon  the  sum- 
mits of  high  terraces  or  mesas,  extremely  difficult  of  approach. 


''■^I'iSBB 


■■'%ff 


'■ymtm 


BBSi 


M 


106 


CATALOGUE  OF  INDIAN  PHOTOGRAPHS. 


Pi-  a 


The  Pueblos  constitute  several  tribes,  with  diflfereut  lan- 
guages; some  are  DOW  extinct;  but  those  existing  are  the  Zufiis; 
Toltos  in  Taos,  with  whom  are  classed  the  people  of  Picuris, 
the  Sandia,  and  Isleta;  the  Tiguas  in  San  Juan,  Santa  Clara, 
Nan.b^,  San  Ildefouso,  Pqjuaque,  and  Tesuque;  (the  Moquis  of 
pueblo  of  Te'-wa  are  said  to  speak  this  language) ;  the  Queres 
in  Cochit<5,  San  Domingo,  San  Filipe,  Santa  Ana,  Zla,  Lagima, 
and  Acoma;  the  Jeraez,  in  the  pueblo  of  the  same  name-  In 
the  19  pueblos  named  there  are  now  estimated  to  be  8,400  peo- 
ple, the  most  populous  being  Zufii,  with  some  1,500  souls,  and 
the  least,  Pojuaque,  numbering  only  some  30  or  40  persons. 
Were  recognized  as  citizens  under  Mexican  rule,  but  since  the 
admission  of  New  Mexico  the  matter  has  been  left  in  doubt. 
In  1858,  Government  coLtirmed  to  them  the  old  Spanish  grants 
of  the  hum  the  Pueblos  cultivate,  averaging  about  twelve  square 
leagues  to  each  pueblo.  They  retain  their  own  form  of  govern- 
ment, each  village  electing  a  governor,  and  a  council  consisting 
of  three  old  men.  Have  been  under  Catholic  influence  since 
the  Spanish  conquest ;  but  iu  the  division  of  the  tribes  among 
the  religious  denominations,  the  Pueblos  were  first  assigned  to 
the  Baptists,  and  afterward  to  the  Presbyterians,  who  are  now 
actively  engaged  iu  establishing  schools  among  them. 

List  of  illustrations. 
1015   Na-na1nye.    a  al  Metor  de  la  Sierra. 

Sjcnish  name,  Antonio  Jose  Ateucio.  Hoad  chief 
of  all  the  Pueblos.  Can  read  and  write  Spanish.  Age, 
70;  height,  5.U. 

1016.  TsE-WA  In- YE.     Tail  of  the  Eagle  Fluttering. 

Spanish  nan^e,  Antonio  al  Churleta.  Governor  of 
the  pueblo  of  San  Juan,  and  is  the  bearer  of  a  cane, 
the  badge  of  his  office,  which  is  marked  "A.  Lincoln, 
a  San  J  uan,  1803."  Can  read  and  write  iu  the  Spanish 
language.    Age,  04;  height,  5.6^. 

1017.  WAf?6-T0-Yj(.MiN.     Small  Feathers  of  the  Eagle. 

Spanish  name,  Juan  Jesus  Leo.  Governor  of  the 
pueblo  of  Taos  ;  which  position  is  retained  but  for  one 
year.  Is  the  bearer  of  a  cane  marked  "A.  Linool  d 
Taos."    Age,  45 ;  height,  5.7^. 

643.  Ambrosia  Abeita. 

644.  Alejandro  Padillo. 

645-0.  Groups  with  Abeita  and  Padillo. 


If 


TEMICULAS. 


107 


992.  Group  of    Antonio  Jos6  Atencio,  Antonia  al 
Churleta,  and  Juan  Jesus  Leo. 

15-17.  The  Herder. 

One  of  the  former  governors  of  the  pueblo  of  Taos. 

20.  Group  of  Corridores. 

Young  men  who  are  selected  to  run  footraces  during 
the  "  feasts  "  or  religious  holidays. 

618,623.  Young  Maiden. 

A  very  good-looking  young  woman  of  the  pueblo  of 

Taos,  with  her  hair  gathered  over  the  ears,  signifying 

her  single  state.    This  custom  also  obtains  among  the 

Moquis. 

614-017;   620,626-7.  Young  Girls  and  Women  op   the 

pueblo  of  Taos. 
19,  613,  625,  619,  621-2.  VARIOUS   INDIVIDUALS  belonging 

to  the  pueblo  of  Taos. 
628-642.  Views  of  the  pueblo  of  Taos. 

6.  tawacanies. 
A  small  tribe  in  the  lodian  Territory  associated  with  the 
Oaddos,  Kiowas,  and  others  on  the  Wichita  agency.    They  are 
well  advanced  toward  civilization. 

738-739.  DAVE. 

740-741.  Caw-lac-its-ca.    Son  of  Pave. 

f  7.  TEMICULSA. 

A  small  band  of  Indians  living  in  the  southern  portion  of 
California,  who  are  extensively  intermarried  with  the  Mexicans. 
They  aie  a  thrifty,  prosperous  people,  fully  able  to  take  good 
care  of  themselves,  and  are  not  under  the  care  of  any  agent. 
993.  Ka-lek.    Eanging. 

Chief  of  the  Temiculas,  and  delegate  recently  to 
Washington,  to  seek  from  the  General  Government  the 
restitution  of  some  of  their  land,  from  which  this  tribe 
)iad  been  ejected  by  the  State  government.  Is  a  man 
of  marked  intelligence,  and  speaks  Spanish  fluently. 
Age, 45;  height,  5.10;  head,  23J;  chest,  47 J;  weight, 
245. 
904.  Andrew  Magrand. 

Temicula  and  Mexican  half-breed     Ago,  27. 

995.  John  Clift. 

Temicula  and  Mexican  half-breed.    Age,  25. 


J 


■illHi 


1^ 


13 


NUMERICAL  INDEX. 


1-2. 
3-4. 
5-6. 
7-8. 
9-10. 
11-12. 
13-14. 
15-17. 
18. 
19 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
28. 
29. 
30-31. 
33-35. 
36-37. 
88-39. 
40-41. 
42-43. 
44-45. 
46-47. 
48. 
51-61. 
C2-G5. 
66. 
67. 
68. 
69, 
70 
71 
72 
73 
74 


Pago. 

Es-kel-ta-sa-la,  Apache 25 

Santo,  Apache 25 

Ta-bo,  Apache 25 

Gray  Eagle,  Apache 25 

Capitan,  Apache 25 

Yacot,  Apache.. -••  25 

Wifeof  Pacer,  JpacAe ....^...  25 

The  Herder,  governor  of  Taos,  Pueblo 107 

Son  of  Vicenti,  Apache • 26 

APueblo  Indian 107 

Corridores,  or  Ranxxers,  Pueilo 107 

Yellow  Bear  and  Little  Wolf,  Arapaho ICO 

Powder  Face  and  squavi,  Arapaho 100 

Medicine  Pipe  and  Fool  Bag,  Arapaho .-  100 

Crazy  Bnll  and  Friday,  Jraj>aAo 100 

P!»uty  Bears  and  Old  Eagle,  ^ropafto 100 

Lame  White  Man  and  Wild  Hog,  Cheyenne 7 

Bald  Bear  and  Cut  Foot,  Cheyenne 7 

Dull  Knifd  and  Little  Wolf,  Cheyenne 7 

Crazy  Head  and  Spotted  Wolf,  Cheyenne 7 

Stone  Calf  and  squaw,  Cheyenne 7 

Big  Mouth,  Cheyenne 7 

White  Crow,  Cheyenne 7 

Black  Crow,  Cheyenne - 7 

Loft  Hand,  Cheyenne 7 

Yellow  Horse,  Cheyenne 7 

Heap  o'  Bears,  Cheyenne 7 

Groups  of  Banuacks 70 

Family  of  Sheep-eater  Bannacks 70 

Groups  about  the  Bannack  Agency 70 

Little  Haven,  Arapaho 100 

Colonel  Downing,  Cherokee 103 

,  Kichards,  Cherokee 103 

Colonel  Adair,  Chirokee - 103 

.  Samuel  Smith,  CAeroA-ec 103 

Borum  Davis,  Cherokee.... 103 

.  Captain  Scraper,  Cherokee 103 

.  Bingo,  Cherokee 103 

.  J.  D.  J amvis,  Chickasaw 97 

.  Ash-ke-he-naw-niew,  Chickasaw 97 


mmm 


no 


NUMEKICAL   INDEX. 


!(■ 


75. 

76. 

77. 

78-79. 

80. 

81. 

82. 

83. 

84. 

85. 

86. 

88. 

89. 

90. 

91. 

92. 

93. 

94. 

95. 

96. 

97. 

98. 

99. 

100. 

102. 

103. 

104. 

105-107. 

108. 

109. 

110. 

111. 

112. 

113. 

114. 

115. 

116. 

118-121. 

122. 

123-124. 

125-126. 

127. 

128-129. 

130-131. 

132-133. 

134-135. 

136-137. 

138-140. 

141-14i. 


SbonioD,  ChicJcaaato 

Annie  Giiy,  Chickasaw 

A  young  brave,  Chickasaw 

Hole  in  the  Day,  Chippewa 

Bad  Boy,  Chippewa 

Crossing  Sky,  Chippeiva 

Standing  Forward,  Chippewa. 

Stump,  Chippewa 

Red  Bird,  Chippewa 

Foremost  Sitter,  Chippewa.... 

Noon-Day,  Chippeiva 

Israel  Folsom,  Chociaw 

Peter  Folsom,  Choctaiv 

Samuel  Folsom,  Choctaw 

Folsom,  Choctaw 


Page. 
98 
98 
98 


Faunceway  Batiste,  Chociaw 

B.  L.  Le  Flore,  Choctaw 

Samuel  Garland,  Choctaw 

Colonel  Pytclilynu,  Choctaiv 

Allen  Wright,  Choctaiv 

The  Drunken  Terrapin,  Creek 

Town  King,  Creek 

Thompson  Ferryman,  Creek 

Chief  of  the  Whirlwind,  Creek 

Group  of  Creeks 

Tiger,  Creek. 

Sand,  Creek 

Family  of  George  Stedman,  Creek 

A  Creek  brave 

Little  Robe,  Cheyenne 

Whirlwind,  Cheyenne 

White  Shield,  Cheyenne 

White  Horse,  Cheyenne 

Medicine  Man,  Cheyenne 

Pawnee,  Cheyenne w 

Edward  Gnerrer,  interpreter,  Cheyenne 

Whilwindand  Pawnee,  Cheyenne 

Little  Robe,  Cheyenne 

High  Toe,  Cheyenne 

Groups  at  Cheyenne  Agency 

Pedro  Scradalicto,  Apache 

Eschapa,  Apache , 

Asa-havio,  Comanche 

Wife  of  Asa-havie,  Comanche 

Timber  Blutt',  Comanche 

Silver  Knife,  Comanche 72-73 

Wife  of  Silver  Knife,  Comanche 73 

Gray  Leggings,  Comanche 73 

Checvera,  Comanrhe *....        73 


98 
98 
98 
98 
98 
98 
98 
98 
98 
95 
95 
95 
96 
96 
96 
96 
96 
96 
6 
7 
7 
7 
7 
7 
7 
7 
6 
7 
7 

26 
26 
7? 
72 
72 


. 


NUMERICAL   INDEX. 


Ill 


143-144. 
145-146. 
147-148. 
149-150. 
151-152. 
153-154, 
155-156. 
157-158. 
159-160. 
161-162. 
163-164. 
165-168. 
170-171. 
172-173. 
171-175. 
176-177. 
178-179. 
181-182. 

186. 
187-190. 

191. 

192. 

193. 
194-196. 
197-198. 

199. 

200. 
201-202. 

203. 

204. 

205. 

206. 

207. 

208. 

209. 

210. 

211. 

212. 

213. 

214. 

215. 

216. 

217. 
218-219. 

220. 

221. 
222-224. 
225-228. 

229. 


Page. 

Wife  of  Choovers,  Crnanche 73 

Mother  of  Cbeevers,  Comanche..  73 

Chewing  Elk,  C'omancfte 73 

Gap  in  the  Salt,  Comanche 73 

Daughter  of  Gap  in  the  Salt,  Cominche 73 

Ten  Bears,  Comanche 73 

Buffalo  Hump,  Comanche 74 

Jim,  Comanche 74 

George  Washington,  Caddo 101 

War-loupe,  Caddo 1«"1 

Antelope,   Caddo ....  101 

Buffalo  Goad,  n'itAi^a 69 

Red  Thunder,  Z)aA:o<a 45 

Good  Hawk,  Dakota 45 

Walking  Crane,  Dakota 45 

Yellow  Eagle,  Dakota 45 

Comanche  drawings 74 

Black  Btaver,  Delaware 12 

Great  Bear,  Delaware 12 

Long  Mandan,  Two  Kettle  Dakota 43 

Spotted  Horse,  Two  Kettle  Dakota , 43 

Little  Short  Uovn,  Siaaiton  Dakota 43 

Other  Day,  Wahpeton  Dakota 43 

Yellow  Hawk,  iSana-Arc  Dakota 42 

Little  Cro w,  M'dewakanton 38 

Medicine  3ottle,  M'dewakanton  Dakota 33 

Shakpe,  Al'deivakanton  Dakota 38 

The  Shooter,  Santee  Dakota 42 

Red  Ensign,  Santee  Dakoic. 42 

Black  Lightning,  Santee  Dakota. 42 

Scarlet  all  over,  Santee  Dakota 42 

Flute  Player,  San /eeI>a^o<a 42 

Standing  Soldier,  Santee  Dakota 42 

Walks  Following  the  Eagle,  Santee  Dakota 42 

Red  Ensign,  Santee  Dakota 42 

His  Man  Horse,  Santee  Dakota 42 

Coming  Among  the  Clouds,  Santee  Dakota , . .  -  42 

Blue  Uird,  Santee  Dakota 42 

Standing  Cloud,  Santee  Dakota 42 

ScuTlst  Hiirht,  Santee  Dakota 42 

lieA  liegH,  Santee  Dakota 42 

Seraphin  Renville,  interpreter, .Srtnfce  Dafcoto 43 

Struck  by  the  Ree,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

Jumping  Thunder,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

liong  Foot,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

White  Swan,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

Medicine  Cow,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

Two  Lance,  Yankton  l>akota *  43 

Feather  in  the  Ear,  Yankton  Dakota 43 


'-Y 


312  NUMERICAL    INDEX. 

Page. 

230-231.  Little  Bird,  Tanklon  Dakota , 43 

23'2-233.  Ellack  Eagle,  Tankton  Dakota 43 

234.  Hear  lying  down,  Tankton  Dakota 43 

235.  Rnnning  Bull,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

236.  Walking  Elk,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

237.  Standing  Elk,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

238.  Bmnttj  Bear,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

239.  Struck  by  the  Ree,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

240-24L  Smutty  Bear  and  Struck  by  the  Ree,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

244.  Yankton  war-dance 45 

248.  Santee  brave 43 

249.  Great  Scalper,  SaHtee 42 

250.  Standing  Buffalo,  Santee 43 

251.  Old  Betts,  ^aii/ee 43 

252-254.  Grass,  Blackfeet  Dakota 34 

255-256.  Sitting  Crow,  Blackfeet  Dakota 34 

257-258.  Iron  Scare,  Blackfeet  Dakota 34 

259.  Red  Plumo,  Blackfeet  Dakota .|^ 1.  34 

260-26L  Bear's  Rib,  Oncpapa  Dakota 41 

262-263.  Running  Antelope,  Oncpapa  Dakota 41,42 

264-265.  Iron  Horn,  Oncpapa  Dakota 42 

266-267.  Walking  Shooter,  Oncpapa  Dakota 42 

268-269.  Thunder  Hawk,  Oncpapa  Dakota 42 

270-271.  Big  Head,  Upper  Yankt-^naia  Dakota 44 

272-273.  Black  Eye,  Upper  Yanktonaia  Dakota 44 

274-275.  Big  Razor,  Upper  Yanktonaia  Dakota 44 

276-277.  Bull's  Ghost,  Lower  Yanktonaia  Dakota 44 

278-279.  Foolish  Bear,  Lower  Yanktonaia  Dakota 44 

280-281.  Two  Bears,  iMiver  Yanktonaia  Dakota 44 

282-283.  Medicine  Bear,  Cut  Head  Dakota 37 

284-285.  Afraid  of  the  Bear,  Cut  Head  Dakota 37 

286-287.  Bear's  Nose,  Cut  Head  Dakota 37 

288-289.  Skin  of  the  Hoar t,  Cut  Head  Dakota 37 

290-291.  Red  Lodge,  Cut  Head  Dakota 37 

292-293.  Man  who  packs  the  Eagle,  Cut  Head  Dakota 37 

294-295.  Squaw  of  the  Man  who  packs  the  Eagle,  Cut  Head  Dakota. ..  37 

296-297.  Red  Cloud,  Ogalulla  Dakota 38 

298.  Red  Cloud  and  Mr.  Blackniore,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40 

299-300.  Red  Dog,  Ogalalla  Dakota , 40 

201-302.  hone  WoU,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40 

303-304.  Ear  (  f  Corn,  squaw  of  LouoWolf,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40 

305-306.  Big  Foot,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40 

307-308.  White  Hawk,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40 

309-310.  Afraid  of  the  Eagle,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40 

311-312.  Blue  Horse,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40 

313-314.  Stabbor,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40 

316-316.  Dirt  Face,  0(/a/ai7a  iMfcoiu 40 

317-318.  Good  Buffalo,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40 

319-320.  Poor  Elk,  Ogalalla  Dakota 40,41 


NUMERICAL    INDEX. 


113 


321-22<J, 
323-324. 
325-326. 
327-32e. 
329-330. 

331. 

332. 

333. 

334. 
336-337. 

333. 
339-340. 
341-342. 
343-344. 
345-346. 
347-348. 
349-350. 
351-352. 
353-354. 
355-356. 
357-358. 
359-360. 
361-362. 
363-364. 
365-367. 
368-369. 
370-371. 
372-373. 
374-375. 
376-377. 
378-380. 
382-334. 
385-386. 

387. 
388-389. 

390. 

391. 
392-394. 

395. 

396. 

397. 
398, 399. 

400. 

401. 
402, 403. 
40  i-406. 

407. 
408, 409. 

410. 

8 


Page. 

Two  Elks,  OgnluUa  Dakola 4j 

High  Wolf,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

Coyote,  OgahiUa  Dnkola 41 

Hard  Heart,  Ogalalla  Dakota ,. 4i 

Slow  Ball,  Ogalalla  Dnkola    41 

One  Horned  Elk,  Ogalalla  Dakota   41 

Big  Uih,  Ogalalla  Dakota    41 

War  Eagle,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

01(1  Man  Afraid  of  hia  Horses  and  Chiefs,  Ogalalla  Dakota.. .  41 

Spotted  Tail,  Brule  Dakota 34,35 

Spotted  Tail  and  squaw,  Brule  Dakota 36 

Squavr  of  Spotted  Tail,  BrulS  Dakota 36 

Gassy,  Brule  Dakota 33 

Whitewash  Ms  Face,  Brule  Dakota 33 

Charge  on  the  Hawk,  Brule  Dakota 3(5 

Two  Strikes,  Brule' Dakota 36 

Squaw  of  Two  Strikes,  Brule  Dakota 36 

Black  Crow,  Brule'  Dakota 36 

One  who  riina  the  Tiger,  Brule  Dakota 36 

Bald  Eagle,  Brule  Dakota 36 

Thigh,  Brule'  Dakota , 35 

Squaw  of  Thigh,  Brule  Dakota , 35 

Black  Bull,  Brule  Dakota 3^ 

No  Flesh,  Brule  Dakota 36,  37 

Iron  Shell,  Brule  Dakola '37 

Wicked  Bear,  Brul^  Dakota 37 

Yellow  Hairs,  Brul^  Dakota 37 

White  Eyes,  Brule'  Dakota 37 

Swift  Bear,  Brule  Dakota 37 

White  Thunder,  BruU  Dakota 37 

Iron  Nation,  Brule  Dakota 37 

Group  of  Santees  with  Mr.  Hinuian , ....  43 

British,  Iowa 47 

Black  Hawk,  Iowa 48 

Knife,  Iowa 47 

Little  Chief,  Iowa 47 

Deer  Hani,  Iowa 47 

No  Heart,  Iowa 49 

Deer  Ham,  Iowa 47 

Geo. go  Gomez,  Sav  and  Fox 18 

Little  Bear,  Kauma 45 

Ka-ke-ga-sha,  Kansas 43 

Wahconnv,  Sac  and  Fox ig 

Grijy  Eyes,  Sac  and  Fox 18 

Lone  Wolf,  Kiowa , 74 

Sqnaw  of  Lone  Wolf,  Kiowa , 75 

Sleeping  Wolf,  Kiowa , 75 

Son  of  the  Sun,  Kiowa 75 

Drawing  by  a  Kiowa  Indian 75 


■■ty,.  ^:^'- 


! 


V 


^ 


114  NUMERICAL   INDEX. 

'411,412.  Knee- war- war,  Keechie 63 

414,415.  Jos6  Pocati,  Apache 26 

416.  Moqui  delegates - 104 

419.  Luni-ki-kom,  Miami 14 

420.  Thomas  Miller,  ilftami 14 

421.  Joe  Dick,  Miami 14 

422,  424.  Roubideaux,  Miami 14 

425.  Thomas  Richardwcll,  Miami 14 

426.  Roubideaux  aud  Richardwell,  Miami 14 

427,428.  Jason,  Nez  Perc4 , , 84 

429,  431.  Timothy,  Xez  Percd '... 84 

433,434.  A  Nez  Percd  camp 84 

435,436.  Nez  Percd  lodges ., 84 

437.  A  Nez  Perc6  chief 84 

438.  A  Nez  Percd  half-breed 85 

439-441.  Views  in  a  Nez  Perc6  camp 85 

442.  Guerito,  Apache 25 

443.  A  young  brave,  JjjacAe 26 

444.  Son  of  Guerito,  Apache 26 

445-446.  Young  braves,  Apache 26 

447.  Pah-yeh,  Apache.. 26 

448.  A  young  brave,  Apache 26 

449.  Guachinito,  Jj>ac%e 25 

450.  A  young  brave 26 

451.  Kle-zeh,  Apache 25 

452-555.  Navajos 28 

457,458.  Omaha  Indian  Agency  buildings 53 

459,460.  View  from  Black  Bird  Hill 53 

461,462.  Omaha  Indian  village 53 

463.  Gihiga,  Oniaha 53 

464.  Gihiga's  lodge,  Onirtfta 53 

465,466.  Standing  Hawk  and  squaw,  Omaha 53 

467.  Standing  at  the  End,  Omaha 53 

468.  Standing  Bent,  Omaha 53 

469,470.  Betsy,  Oma/ia 53 

471.  Indian  carpenters  at  work,  Omaha 54 

472-476.  Groups  of  school-children,  OmaAa - 54 

417.  A  brave,  Omaha 54 

478.  Ebahomba's  lodge,  Omaha 54 

479.  Village  scene,  Omaha 54 

480.  Standby  it,  Otoe 56 

481.  True  Eagle.  Missouria 51 

482,483.  Medicine  Horse,  Otoe 57 

484-485.  One  who  oats  his  Food  Raw,  Missouria 51 

486.  Big  Bear,  Miaaouria 52 

487.  Little  Pipe,  Otoe 57 

488.  Little  Iowa,  Otoe 58 

489,490.  Little  Pipe,  Otoe 57 

491.  Little  Pipe  and  group,  Otoe 59 


NUMERICAL   INDEX. 


115 


Page. 

492-494.  Medicine  Horse,  Otoe .^ 57 

495.  Bnffalo  Chief,  Otoe \ 58 

496.  Medicine  Horse,  Buffalo  Chief,  and  interpreter,  Ofoe 59 

497.  Baptiste  Devoiu  and  Buffalo  Chief,  Otoe 58 

498.  Black  Elk,  Miasoiiria 58 

499.  Medicine  Horse  and  Buffalo  Chief,  Otoe 59 

500.  Blue  Bird  and  Buck  Elk  Walking,  Otoe 53 

501.  Group  of  Otoes 59 

502.  Medicine  Horse,  Otoe 57 

503.  The  One  They  are  Afraid  of,  Miasoiiria 51 

504.  Sucker,  Ottaioa 15 

505.  Lightning,  Ottawa 15 

506.  John  Wilson,  Ottawa , 15 

507.  Passing  Through,  Ottawa 15 

509.  The  Savage,  Osage 56 

510.  The  Distant  Land,  Osage 56 

511.  Joseph,  Osage 55 

512.  One  who  reaches  to  the  Sky,  Osage 56 

513.  Saucy  Chief,  Osage , 56 

517,518.  Group  of  four  Pouca  chiefs 59 

519.  Iron  Whip,  Ponca 59 

520.  Peah  and  other  Ute  chiefs '^S 

521.  Native  Ponca  drawing 59 

522.  Thunder  coming  down  to  the  Ground,  Pottatvatomie 16 

523.  Pawnee  Indian  village,  Nebraska 68 

524.  Pawnee  mud  lodge - 68 

525-527.  Groups  of  Pawnee  school-children 69 

528,529.  Groups  of  Pawnee  chiefs  and  headmen 65,66 

530-532.  Peta-lashara,  Pawnee 65 

533.  Eagle  Chief,  Pawnee 65 

534.  Sun  Chief,  Pawnee 65 

535.  One  who  brings  Herds,  Pawnee 65 

536.  Group  of  Pawnee  squaws 69 

537-539.  Pawnee  school-buildings,  Nebraska 69 

540.  Pawnee  decorative  painting  on  buffalo-skin 69 

541,542.  Pawnee  agency  buildings 69 

543.  One  who  gives  to  the  Poor,  PatcMcc 65 

545.  Squaw  of  One  who  gives  to  the  Poor,  Patonee 65 

547.  A  brave.  Pawn?*"    ()9 

548.  Pipe  Chief,  Pawnee 65 

549.  A  brave.  Pawnee 69 

550,551.  Group  of  two  Pawnee  chiefs 66 

552,553.  Group  of  four  Pawnee  chiefs „ 66 

554,555.  Baptiste  Bahylle,  Paivnee 67 

556,537.  Small  Boy,  Pawnee 67 

558,5)59.  Blue  Hawk  and  Coming  with  the  Herd,  Paip«ee 67 

660.  Sky  Chief,  Pawnee , 67 

561-506.  Miscellaneous  groups  of  Pawnees 67 

567,568.  Pawnee  Indian  village 68 


116 


NUMERICAL   INDEX. 


\ 


■»■■    1 


t 


f 


Page. 

569.  Pawnee  mud  lodge Gd 

570,572.  Pawnee  pappooaea 69 

573, 574.  Groups  of  Pawnee  chiefs 69 

575.  On  a  Fine  Horse,  Pawnee 67 

576.  Particular  as  to  Time  of  day,  Pawnee 67 

577.  The  Sun  Coming  in,  Pawnee 67 

578.  Behind  the  One  who  strikes  first,  Pawnee 67 

579.  Little  Raven,  Pawnee 67 

580.  White  Horse,  Pawnee 67 

*      581.  Rattlesnake,  Pawnee 67 

582.  Fox,  Paicnee 67 

583.  Acting  like  a  Fox,  PawHee ---   67 

584.  Beaver,  Pawnee 67 

585.  Little  Raven,  Pawxee 67 

586.  As-sow-weet,  Pawnee 67 

587,588.  Young  braves,  Pawnee 69 

589.  Ter-rer-e-ca w-wah.  Pawnee 67 

590.  Long  Dog,  Patvnee 67 

591.  An  old  man,  Pawnee 67 

592.  As-sow-weet  and  Sawka,  Pawnee 67 

593.  Male  Calf  and  Oa  a  Fine  Horse,  Paivnee 67 

594.  Rattlesnake  and  sqnaw,  Pawnee 67 

595.  In  the  Front  and  squaw.  Pawnee 67 

596.  Nice  Horse,  Pawnee 67 

597.  Good  Bear,  Pawnee 68 

598.  Beginning  to  go  to  War,  Pawnee 68 

599.  Fox  on  the  War-Path,  Pawnee 68 

600.  Crow's  Eyes,  Pawnee 68 

601.  Medicine  Bull,  Pawnee 68 

602.  One  who  strikes  the  Chiefs  first.  Pawnee 68 

603.  Medicine  Eagle,  Pawnee 68 

604.  Driving  a  Herd,  Paxonee 68 

605.  Medicine  Antelope,  Paionee 68 

606.  Good  Buflfalo,  Pawnee 63 

607.  Little  Raven,  Pawnee 67 

608.  One  Seen  by  All,  Pawnee 68 

609.  Ou  a  Fine  Horse,  Pawnee 68 

610.  Kuoe-Mark  ou  the  Ground,  &.C.,  Pawnee 68 

611.  BadMan,  Pavmee 69 

612.  Growling  Bear,  Pawnee 69 

613.  Pueblo  Indian  from  Taos 107 

614-617.  Indian  girls  and  women  from  the  pueblo  of  Taos 107 

618.  A  Pueblo  girl 107 

619.  APueblo  man 107 

620.  APueblo  girl 107 

621,622.  Pueblo  men... 107 

623-624.  Pueblo  women 107 

625.  APueblo  man 107 

626,627.  Pueblo  girls 107 


NUMERICAL    INDEX. 


117 


: 


WX 


628-642. 

643.' 

644. 
645, 646. 

647. 

648. 

649. 
650-651. 

652. 
653,654. 
655, 656. 
657, 658. 
659, 660. 
661, 662. 
663, 664. 
665, 666. 
667-676. 

677. 

678. 

679. 
680-684. 
685, 686. 
687-688. 
689-690. 

691. 

692. 

693. 

694. 
695-699. 

700. 

701. 

705. 
706,707. 

708. 

709. 

710. 

711. 

712. 

713. 

714. 

715. 

716. 

717. 

718. 

725. 
732, 733. 
734, 735. 
736, 7.37. 
738,739. 


Page. 

Views  in  the  Pueblo  of  Taos,  New  Mexico 107 

Ambrosia  Abeita,  Pueblo ^ 106 

Alejandro  Padillo,  Pueilo 106 

Abeita  and  Padillo.  ruehlo 106 

Ambrosia  Abeita,  Pueblo 106 

Alejandro  Padillo,  PneWo 106 

W.  F.  M.  Arny,  Pneblo  agent,  Pueblo 106 

Ascencion  Rios,  P(q)a go 91 

Escbapa,  Jj)ac/te 26 

Laig  Morague,  Pima 91 

Antonio  Azul,  Pima 91 

Shoshone  village  in  Sonth  Pass ''^ 

War  chief's  tent,  Shoshone  village 76 

Washakie  and  his  warriors,  Shoshone 76 

Washakie,  Shoshone 76 

Views  in  a  Shoshone  village 76 

Groups  and  miscellaneous  portraits  of  Shoshones 77 

Keokuk,  sr..  Sac  and  Fox 17 

Keokiik,  jr.,  -Sac  and  Fox 17 

Charles  Keokuk,  Sac  and  Fox 17 

Keokuk,  jr.,  an*  Charles  Keokuk,  Sac  and  Fox 17 

Moless,  Sac  and  Fox 17 

Sacapee,  Sac  and  Fox 17 

Moless  and  Sacapee,  Sac  and  Fox 17 

George  Gomez,  Sac  and  Fox j - 18 

Dead  Indian,  Sao  and  Fox 17 

The  Sea,  Sao  and  Fox 17 

Big  Bear,  iS'ac  and  Fox • 17 

Mokohoko,  Sac  and  Fox 18 

Manotowa,  Sac  andFox 18 

George  Gomez,  Sac  and  Fox 18 

Keokuk,  jr..  Sac  and  Fox 17 

Group  of  delegates.  Sac  andFox 18 

Sac  chief,  Sac  and  Fox 18 

Group  of  Sac  and  Fox  chiefs,  5ac  awe!  Fox 18 

Commissioner  and  delegates,  Sao  and  Fox 18 

Wa-wa-si-mo,  Shaumee 19 

F.  A.  Rogers,  Shainiee 19 

Charles  Tucker, /SAawnee 19 

Billy  Boyrlegn,  Seminole 97 

A  daughter  of  General  Parker,  Seneca 93 

Bertram.  Shawnee 19 

Black  Buffalo,  Arickaree 63 

Long  Knife,  Arickaree 63 

Light  Foot,  ra»iA;<on  Dakota 43 

Many  Horns,  Dakota 45 

Black  Eye,  Dakota 45 

Long  Fox,  Dakota 45 

Dave,  Tatcacanie 107 


I'M' 


^ 


118  NUMERICAL    INDEX. 

Page. 

740,741.  Caw-hac-its-ca,  Taicacttttie 1^7 

742,.43.  Long  Soldier,  Waco 69 

744,745.  Assadawa,  JVkhila ^^ 

746,747.  Esquitzchew,  JVichita 69 

748.  Black  Horse,  Wichita 69 

749,750.  Charlie  Arriwawa,  Apache 26 

751.  Tapuche,  Utah ^^ 

752.  Mautchick,  Utah ." ^^ 

753.  Gacrito,  Apache 25 

754.  Coho,  Utah ^^ 

755.  Utah-Arapaho 101 

756-758.  Antero,  Utah ^^ 

759,760.  Wanero,  Utah - ^ 

761,762.  T&hxyuna,  Utah ^ 

763,764.  Komus,  Utah 80 

765-767.  Ouray,  Utah 78 

768.  Guero,  Utah 79 

769.  John,  Utah -•  ^^ 

770.  Kwa-ko-nut  and  Mose,  Utah 81 

771.  Cu-ra-caa-te,  Utah 81 

772,773.  Shavano,  Utah 79 

774.  Warets  and  Shavano,  Utah 81 

775.  Group  of  Ouray  and  chiefs,  I7<aA 81 

776.  Group  of  chiefs,  Utah 81 

777.  Shuriap,  Utah 81 

778.  Chippin,   Utah - 81 

779.  Little  Soldier,  Utah - 81 

780.  Squaw  of  Little  Soldier,  Utah 82 

781.  Shavano,  Utah • 79 

782.  Lovo,  Utah 82 

783.  Rainbow,  Utah 82 

784.  Nick-a-a-fTod,  Utah.. 82 

785.  Pe-ah,  f7/a/i 82 

786.  Barbau-cito,  Navajo 28 

787.  Sappix  and  son,  Utah 83 

788.  Chu,  Utah 83 

789.  Kanosh,  Utah 83 

790-696.  MisceHaueou.s  groups,  Utah 83 

797, 798.  Bloody  Mouth,  Oncpapa  Dakota 42 

799, 800.  Lost  Medicine,  Oncpapa  Dakota 42 

801, 8'02.  Black-Horn,  Oncpapa  Dakota.'. 42 

803,804.  Bull-Rushes,  Oncpapa  Dakota 42 

805.  Group  of  Fox  chiefs 18 

806.  Commissioner  Bogy  reading  treaty 18 

808.  Group  of  Winnebagoes..... 61 

809-811.  Winnebago  children 61 

812.  Wife  of  Martin  Van  Buren,  Winneiago 61 

813.  Winnebago  children 61 

814.  Blue  Cloud  Passing,  Winnebago 61 


t 


i 


NUMERICAL   INDEX. 


119 


t 


i 


815. 

816. 

817. 
818-830. 

831. 
832-    5. 

838. 
839-811. 

845. 

851. 

852. 

853. 

854. 

855. 

856. 

857. 

858. 

859. 

860. 

861. 

862. 

863. 

864. 

865. 

866. 

867. 

868. 

869. 

870. 

871. 
872, 873. 

874. 

875. 

876. 

877. 

878. 

879. 

880. 

881. 

882. 

883. 

884. 

885. 

886. 

887. 

838. 

889, 

890 


Page. 
General  Sherman  and  Indian  commissioners  at  Fort  Laramje, 

1868 45 

Commissioners  in  council  at  Laramie 45 

Old  Man  Afraid,  and  group 45 

Miscellaneous  groups  about  Laramie 45 

Sioux  burial 46 

Groups  about  Laramie 46 

Sioux  delegation  at  the  White  House 46 

Saint  Mary's  Mission,  Kansas,  (Pottawatomie  school) 46 

The  sergeant  of  the  guard 46 

Little  Shell  and  chiefs,  Chipjyewas 9 

Moses  Ladd,  Jenominee 13 

Eskjminzin,  Apache 23 

Eskiminzin  and  squaw,  Apache 23 

Cassadora,  Apache 23 

Cassadora  and  squaw,  Ai)ache 23 

Eskinilay,  Apache 24 

Eskiiiilay  and  squaw,  Apache 23 

Gronp  of  Crow  delegates 30 

Chiqnito,  A^yache 23 

Chiquito  and  squaw,  Apache 23 

Saygully,  Apache 23 

Eskayela,  Apache 24 

Skellegunny,  Apache 24 

Cullah,  Apache 24 

Hautushuehay,  Apache 24 

Napashgingush,  Ajmche 24 

Cushashado,  Apache 24 

V'msil,  Apache 24 

Passelah,  Apache  24 

Marijildo  Grijalva,  interpreter 24 

Group  of  Apache  delegates 2() 

Little  Big  Man,  OgaMla  Dakota 41 

Young  Man  Afraid  of  his  Horses,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

American  Horse,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

Little  Wound,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

He  Dog,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

Yellow  Bear,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

Three  Bears,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

Sword,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

Garnet,  interpreter,  Ogalalla  Dakota 41 

Gronp,  including  Nos.  874-882,  Ogalalla  Dakota. 41 

Charles  Papinea,  interpreter  for  Mandans 50 

Yellow  Smoke,  Omaha '^'3 

Black  Dog,  Osage ^ 

Group  of  chiefs,  Osage ^5 

Joseph  and  Black  Dog,  Osage 56 

.  Joseph,  Black  Dog,  and  others,  Osage 56 

.  Iron  Black  Bird,  Yankton  Dakota 43 


'• 


1 


:f;,5 


120 


eyi. 
89:1. 

894. 
695. 
89P. 
697. 
898, 899. 
900. 
901. 

903. 
904, 905. 
906, 907. 

90;^. 
909-912. 

91G. 

917. 

9:10. 

921. 

922. 

923. 

925. 

927. 

931. 

932. 

933. 

935. 
93C,  937. 
938, 939. 

940. 

941, 

942. 

943. 

944. 

946. 

940. 
•    947. 

948. 

949. 

950. 

951. 

952. 

953. 

954. 
9.')5-9r)'>. 
960-9(53. 


NUMERICAL    INDEX. 

Page. 

Flying  Pipe,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

Little  Thunder,  Yankton  Dakota 44 

Sacred  Bull,  Yankton  Dakota 44 

Flying  Bird,  Yankton  Dakota 44 

Chief  with  Big  War  Bonnet,  Yankton  Dakota 45 

lie  Kills  First,  Yankijn  Dakota 44 

Sacred  Ghost,  Yankton  Dakota 44 

Bear  with  a  Big  Voice,  Yankton  D-ikota 44 

Pretty  Rock,  Yankton  Dakota 44 

One  who  Catches  the  Euenij',  Yankton  Dakota 44 

One  who  Walks  Home,  Yankton  Dakota 44 

Bear  that  Walks  Lying  Down,  Yankton  Dakota. 44 

The  Bear  that  Turns  Around,  Yankton  Dakota 44 

Long  Foot,  Yankton  Dakota 43 

Medicine  Bull,  Yankton  Dakota 44 

Bird  Chief,  Jrajj'ifto 100 

Maza-o-zan-zan,  Dakota 45 

Iron  Elk,  Dakota 45 

Ooose,  Blavkfeet  Dakota 34 

Iowa  chief 48 

Group  of  L)wa8 48 

Rod  Owl,  Dakota 45 

Cut  Nose,  Dakota    45 

Iron  Shooter,  Dakota 45 

Tall  Feather  Joining,  Dakota 45 

Medicine  Bottle,  Dakota , 45 

Plenty,  Dakota 45 

Colorado,  Utah 83 

Choctaw  boys 98 

Choctaw  gi rls 98 

Blackt'oot  and  st^uaw.  Crow 30 

Iron  Bull  and  squaw,  CVoir 30 

Bear  Wolf  and  8([uaw,  Crow 36 

Old  Crow  and  sijuaw,  t'row 30 

Blackfoot,  Long  Horse,  and  White  Calf.  Crow 30 

Momukhpitche,  Thin  BoUy,  and  The  One  tb'it  Leads  the  Old 

Dog,  Crow 30 

Blackfoot,  Crow , 30 

He  Shows  his  Face,  Crow 30 

Old  Onion,  Crow 30 

Group  of  chiefs.  Crow 30 

Group  of  squaws.  Crow - 31 

Inside  view  of  a  Crow  lodge 31 

Crow  village,  (adobe  houses) 31 

The  Old  Mission,  or  Crow  Agency 31 

Crow  burial 31 

Enoanipuient  of  Ute  Indiana,  near  Denver 83 

Utu  Indians  iu  camp  at  Los  Piuos 83 


i 


i 


w 


i 


KUMERICAL    INDEX.  121 

Page. 

9G5-974.  Miscelliueoiis  groups  of  Ute  Indians ^3 

975-976.  VVal-aiks-ski-dat,  Klamath °^ 

977.  YumnispoctiB,  Klamath ^' 

978.  Olbathe,  Rogue  liiver ^ 

979.  Myrou  Silverheels,  Seneca ^ 

980.  Group  of  Senecas ^^ 

981.  Mathew  Muaeater,  JVyandot -^^ 

982.  Nicholas  Cotter,  Wyandot j|;* 

983.  Num-paj'U,  Mo-ni 

984-985.  Tikh\y,Arapaho ^ 

086.  Street  view  in  Tcwa,  Moqui  Fuebloa 1'^ 

988.  View  of  Gualpi,  Moqui  FuMos ^^^ 

991.  View  in  Shepaulavo,  Moqiii  Pueblos • IJJJ 

992.  Group  of  rueblogov-iuors..: }  |] 

993.  Kalek,  or  OH-ario,  Te»ucn/a jjl^ 

994.  AniVLW  Magrand,  Tpmicii/a ^"^ 

0"5.  John   Cim,Tmicula ^"^'^ 

1001.  Little  Shell,  C7ii/)jueica * 

1002.  Little  Bull,  Ciiippiira ' 

1003.  SoiuethiuR  Blown  up  by  the  Wind,  Chippewa |' 

1004.  Thi.  Mau  who  Knows  how  to  Hunt,  Chi2>pewa 9 

1005.  Lance,  Maudan ^ 

1006.  Pushing  War  Eagle,  J/«Hd«rk '»' 

1007.  Running  Face,  Mandan ^ 

1008.  Scar-faced  Charley,  Modoo ^^ 

1009.  Shaclnia8ty.)im,il/odor ^ 

1010.  Steamboat  Frank,  Modoc • 

1011.  Win-uenia,  Modoo 

1015.  Antonio  Jose  Ateucio,  P««'6/o J"|^' 

1016.  Antonio  al  Churleta,  I'«c6?o *^, 

1017.  Juan  Jesus  Loo,  Puehlo '* 

1018.  Group  of  Atencio,  Churleta,  and  Loo,  Pueblo 10^ 

1019.  Tdwa,  Moqui  Pueblos ^' 

1020.  House  of  the  Capitan  ofTewa,  Moqui  Puebloc 104 

1021.  Gualpi,  Moqui  Pueblos J 

1022.  Shepaulave,  .yof/Hi  Pueblos J"^ 

1023.  Mooshanave,  Mo^jui  Puebhr. '\^ 

1024.  Shemopave,  .\/o(/Hi  Pueblos | 

1025.  House  of  the  Capitan,  Shemopave,  Moqui  Pueblos 104 

1027.  Mauulito,  Narajo 

1028.  Juanitu,  Navajo 

1029.  Manulito  Segundo,  Xavajo 

1030.  Cayatanito,  A'rirajo ' 

1031.  IJarbas  Hueros,  iSflni/o - ^^ 

1033.  CabraNegra,  Xamjo 

1033.  Navbona  Priuiero,  Navajo 

1034.  Caruero  Mucho,  A'drn/o " 

103-,,  Grainula  Mucho,  Tienne-su-se,  and  Mariano,  Navajo ^« 

1038.  juanitu  and  Governor  Amy 


1 


122 


1039, 

1040. 

1041. 

1042. 

1043. 

1044. 

1045. 

1046. 

1047. 

1048. 

1049. 

1050. 

1054. 

1055. 

1056. 

1057. 

1058. 

1059. 

1060. 

1061. 

1§62. 

1063. 

1064. 

1065. 

1068. 

1069. 

1070. 

1071. 

107-2. 

1073. 

1074. 

1075. 

1076. 

1077. 

ineo. 


NUMERICAL   INDEX. 

Page. 

Frank  King,  Ottawa 15 

Joseph  King,  Ottawa 15 

L.  S.  Dagnet,  Ottawa 15 

Rushing  War  Eagle,  .iricfcaree 63 

Black  Fox,  Anckarve 63 

Bull  Head,  Arickaree « 63 

Harrison  Halftown,  Seneca 92 

Samuel  Jimson, /Seneca 93 

John  Irving,  Seneca 93 

Caster  Eed  Eye,  Seneca 92 

J.  C.\y.  AdamH,  Siockbridge 20 

Jacob  J.acobs,  Stockbridge 20 

Keheyakiu,  Warm  Spring 85 

Oscar  Mark,  Wasco .  86 

Ske-metze,  Warm  Spring 85 

Semeo,  Warm  Sjn-ing 86 

Cappolas,  Warm  Spring 85 

Wayatatkin,  Warm  Spring ..  ''S 

Stat-tla-ka,  Wasco >'■(' 

Shaka,  Warm  S2)ring , 86 

Klematchosuy,  Wasco 86 

Histo,  Warm  Spring 85 

Chin-cbin-wet,  Warm  Spring 86 

Lyman  F.  Fovrler,  Brotherton 20 

Sour  Spittle,  Chippewa.. 9 

Bad  Boy,  Chippewa 10 

The  Boy,  Chippewa 10 

Anguste,  Chippewa 10 

Moose's  Dung,  Chippewa 10 

Something  in  the  air  falling,  Chippewa 10 

ThesonofEssiniwub,  Chippewa 1 

Something  beginning  to  sail  off,  Chippewa 1 

A  yellow-haired  one  sailing  along,  Chippewa '  1 

Like  a  Bird,  Chippewa 1 

John  M.  St.  Cyr,  WinnrMno 6 


! 


ADDENDUM. 


T 


List  of  negatives  taken  during  the  printing  of  the  catalogue. 

1081.  Hde-d1-ska.     White  Eagle.  PoNCA. 

Head  chief.  Age,  41  years ;  height,  6  feet  2  inches ; 
circumference  of  head,  22^  inches ;  circumference  of 
chest,  38^  inches. 

1082.  Ta-tIu-ka-niJ-zhe.    'Standing  Buffalo.  Ponca. 

"  Age,  44  years ;  height,  5  feet  11^  inches ;  circumfer- 
ence of  head,  23  inches ,  circumference  of  chest,  42^ 
inches. 

1083.  Ma-0HtJ-nt5-zhe.    Standing  Bear.  PoNCA. 

Age,  51  years ;  height,  5  feet  lOJ  inches ;  circumfer- 
ence of  head,  23  inches;  circumference  of  chest, 40 
inches. 

1084.  TJmp-pa-tonga.    Big  Elk.  Ponca. 

•  Age,  36  years ;  height,  5  feet  OJ  inches ;  circumfer- 
ence of  head,  23  inches;  circumference  of  chest,  40 
inches. 

1085.  Kh1-KA-s1pa.    Black  Croic.  PoNOA. 

Age,  52  years;  heiglit,  5  feet  8J  inches;  circumfer- 
ence of  head,  22^  inches ;  circumference  of  chest,  39.^ 
inches. 
108G.  Ma-gA-ska.     White  Sican.  PoNOA. 

Age,  51  years ;  height,  5  feet  8  inches ;  circumfer- 
ence of  head,  22^  inches ;  circumference  of  chest,  39 
inches. 

1087.  GraEGA.    Big  Chief.  Ponca. 

Age,  41  years;  l:eight,  5  feet  lOJ  inches;  circumfer- 
ence of  head,  23^  inches;  circumference  of  chest,  10 
inches. 

1088.  Shi^-dA-gA-KA.    Smoke  Maker.  Ponca. 

Ago,  51  years  ;  height,  5  feet  9|  inches  ;  olrcumfor- 
enco  of  head,  23^  inches ;  circumference  of  chest,  42^ 
inches. 


124 


ADDENDUM. 


1 


1089.  MACHtJ-HiNKTH-TA.    Eairy  Bear.  PoNCA. 

Age,  40  years ;  height,  5  feet  11|  inches ;  circumfer- 
ence of  head,23J  inches;  circumference  of  chest,  38^ 
inches. 

1090.  Wase-1-tot^tga.    Big  Snake.  PONCA. 

Age,  45  years;  height,  6  feet  1^  inches;  circumfer- 
ence of  head,  24J  inches ;  circumference  of  chest,  43 
inches. 

1091.  Charles  Le  Claie.    Interpreter. 

French  and  Pouca  half-breed. 

1092.  Baptiste  Bumaby.    Interpreter. 

Mother  an  Iowa  and  father  an  Otoe. 

1093.  Group  of  four  chiefs  and  two  interpreters  of  the  Ponca 

delegare  n. 

1094.  Group  of  all  the  members  of  the  Pouca  delegation  in 

Washington,  November  14,  1877 


V 


4 


m 


1 


4 


